Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
TM
S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units
NOTICE
This document contains information about one or more ABB products and may include a
description of or a reference to one or more standards that may be generally relevant to
the ABB products. The presence of any such description of a standard or reference to a
standard is not a representation that all of the ABB products referenced in this document
support all of the features of the described or referenced standard. In order to determine
the specific features supported by a particular ABB product, the reader should consult the
product specifications for the particular ABB product.
ABB may have one or more patents or pending patent applications protecting the intellectual property in the ABB products described in this document.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.
In no event shall ABB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential
damages of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB be
liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hardware described in this document.
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written permission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor used
for any unauthorized purpose.
The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and
may be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license. This
product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC and in Low
Voltage Directive 2006/95/EEC.
TRADEMARKS
All rights to copyrights, registered trademarks, and trademarks reside with their respective owners.
Release:
Document number:
December 2011
3BSE020924-510 A
Table of Contents
About This Book
General ............................................................................................................................11
Document Conventions ...................................................................................................11
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons................................................................11
Terminology.....................................................................................................................12
Related Documentation ...................................................................................................14
Section 1 - Introduction
Product Overview ............................................................................................................16
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units ...................................................16
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................26
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................35
Prerequisites and Requirements ......................................................................................38
Section 2 - Configuration
Module Termination Units (MTU) ..................................................................................39
I/O Modules.....................................................................................................................42
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................42
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................42
Section 3 - Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance...................................................................................................43
Hardware Indicators ........................................................................................................43
S800 I/O Module LEDs .......................................................................................43
S800L I/O Module LED.......................................................................................47
Error Messages ................................................................................................................49
3BSE020924-510 A
Table of Contents
Appendix A - Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications ..................................................................................... 57
Features
............................................................................................................ 57
Description........................................................................................................... 57
Technical Data ..................................................................................................... 59
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA .................................................................... 60
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V................................................. 66
AI815 Analog Input Module ........................................................................................... 79
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,
+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V) ................................. 91
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module ............................................................ 100
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module............................................................................... 107
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module ........................................................ 118
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module ...................................................................... 129
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant ........................................................ 139
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module ................................................... 152
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA .............................................................. 165
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA............................................. 171
AO815 Analog Output Module ..................................................................................... 180
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module ..................................... 189
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant .................................. 198
DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking..................................................... 208
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 213
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 219
DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking..................................................... 225
DI811 Digital Input Module, 48 V, Current Sinking..................................................... 237
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing................................................... 248
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c ................................................................. 258
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c. ................................................................ 267
3BSE020924-510 A
Table of Contents
3BSE020924-510 A
Table of Contents
Appendix B - Certifications
Certifications ................................................................................................................. 577
INDEX
Revision History
Introduction ................................................................................................................... 589
Revision History............................................................................................................ 589
Updates in Revision Index A......................................................................................... 590
3BSE020924-510 A
Safety Summary
Electrostatic Sensitive Device
Devices labeled with this symbol require special handling precautions as
described in the installation section.
GENERAL
WARNINGS
Equipment Environment
All components, whether in transportation, operation or storage, must be
in a noncorrosive environment.
Electrical Shock Hazard During Maintenance
Disconnect power or take precautions to insure that contact with energized parts is avoided when servicing.
SPECIFIC
CAUTIONS
3BSE020924-510 A
Page-52: Since the module has normally closed relay contacts the field
power must be removed before replacement. It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe state before the module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the module, that is, relay contacts
will close.
Safety Summary
10
3BSE020924-510 A
Document Conventions
Microsoft Windows conventions are normally used for the standard presentation of
material when entering text, key sequences, prompts, messages, menu items, screen
elements, etc.
3BSE020924-510 A
11
Terminology
Tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project or how to
use a certain function
Although Warning hazards are related to personal injury, and Caution hazards are
associated with equipment or property damage, it should be understood that
operation of damaged equipment could, under certain operational conditions, result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,
fully comply with all Warning and Caution notices.
Terminology
A complete and comprehensive list of Terms is included in the IndustrialIT 800xASystem, System Guide, Functional Description (3BSE038018*). The listing included
in includes terms and definitions as they apply to the 800xA system where the usage
is different from commonly accepted industry standard definitions and definitions
given in standard dictionaries such as Websters Dictionary of Computer Terms.
Terms that uniquely apply to this instruction may be included here as part of this
document.
Term
12
Description
FCI
G3 compliant
I/O cluster
I/O device
3BSE020924-510 A
Terminology
I/O module
I/O station
ModuleBus
ModuleBus master
MTU
OSP
RTD
SOE
TC
Thermocouple
3BSE020924-510 A
13
Related Documentation
Related Documentation
The following is a listing of documentation related to the S800 I/O system.
Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system.
Title
S800 I/O Getting Started
Description
Describes the general installation and
configuration information for the S800
I/O system.
S800 I/O Modules and Termination Units Describes the modules and termination
with Intrinsic Safety Interface
units with I.S. interface in the S800 I/O
system.
14
Interference-free Electronics
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The S800 I/O is distributed as modular I/O that communicates with numerous
controllers over Advant Fieldbus 100 (AF100), PROFIBUS-DP, or directly.
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O can be mounted in many configurations to fit most
requirements.
Figure 1. S800 I/O with Fieldbus Communication Interface CI801 and I/O Modules
Mounted on Compact Type of Termination Units.
3BSE020924-510 A
15
Product Overview
Section 1 Introduction
Product Overview
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that the I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications, including most types of signals, HART and Intrinsic Safety
Interface. The S800 I/O modules and a Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) are
combined to form an I/O Station. The S800 I/O can be used in both single and
redundant applications.
In general, all S800 units are G3 compliant. G3 compliant modules withstand more
severe environmental conditions according to ISA-S71.04 . The following S800
units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832, SD833, SD834,
SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822 and SS822 are
also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
All modules are marked with a bar code that shows the serial number, article ID and
the product revision number. A separate bar code strip is also enclosed along with
the module for placing on the module, if needed. The bar code is of type
Bar-code 128.
For more information, refer to S800 I/O Geting Started(3BSE020923*) manual.
The S800 I/O can be categorized into:
16
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
the system running. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
The MTUs are available in tree versions (Compact, Extended and Redundant).
The Compact MTU version typically provides for a compact installation of the I/O
modules using 1 wire connections.
The Extended MTU version provides for a more complete installation on the MTU,
including 3 wire connection, fuses and field circuit power distribution. See Figure 3
and Figure 4 for an illustration of the MTUs together with the I/O modules.
The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is space on the
MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses. See Figure 5.
3BSE020924-510 A
17
Section 1 Introduction
The Terminal Unit is a passive unit that enables 2- and 3-wire connections of
process signals. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on an S800L I/O module. See
Figure 2, S800L I/O module with terminal unit TU805.
58.5
18
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
See Table 2 for information about the combination between MTU and I/O modules
and to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
127 mm
FE
99.5 mm
(3.92)
FE
B
C
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
67.5 mm
(2.66)
(4.8)
B
C
162 mm
(6.37)
7 mm
(.27)
DI810
24V
7 mm
(.27)
58.5 mm
(2.3)
40 mm
(1.57)
5 mm
(0.2)
31.5 mm (1.24")
3BSE020924-510 A
19
Section 1 Introduction
67.5 mm
(2.66)
46.5 mm
(1.85)
FE
FE
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI810
24V
B
C
109 mm
(4.3)
B
C
5 mm
(0.2)
7 mm
(.27)
45 mm
(1.77)
127 mm
(4.8)
7 mm (.27)
31.5 mm (1.24")
120.5 mm
(4.74)
80 mm
(3.15)
20
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
126
The TU805 is a 16 channel terminal unit. Used to enable 2- and 3-wire connections
on DI801 or DO801. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on DI801 or DO801.
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU810 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU810 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connections.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
3BSE020924-510 A
21
Section 1 Introduction
The TU811 is a 8 channel compact module termination unit. The TU811 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
The module is also available in a version that withstand severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
TU812/TU812V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and 25 pin D-sub for
Process Connections
The TU812 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU812 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power connections.
TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications
The TU813 is a 8 channel compact module termination unit. The TU813 has three
rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
TU814/TU814V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU814 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU814 has three
rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU830 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU830 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU831/TU831V1 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications
The TU831 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU831 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU833 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU833 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU833 has three
rows of spring-case terminals for field signals and process power connection.
22
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The TU834 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The MTU has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. The MTU has
place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion
of the input current signal to a voltage signal.
TU835/TU835V1 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt
Applications
The TU835 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU835 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection and a single row of field signal
connections. Each channel has one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet
terminal and one signal terminal. Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually
isolated groups.
TU836/TU836V1 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 250 Volt
Applications
The TU836 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU836 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and one signal return terminal. Process
voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
The standard fuse holder that comes with the TU836 can be changed to an
indicating fuse holder. This indicating fuse holder can be ordered from Phoenix
Contact:
15-30 VDC type, order 3118119
110-250 VAC type, order 3118106.
3BSE020924-510 A
23
Standard
fuse holder
Section 1 Introduction
The TU837 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU837 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process
voltage return can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
TU838 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt Applications
The TU838 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU838 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
TU839 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications
The TU839 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU839 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
sensor power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups.
24
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The TU842 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU842 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.It is intended
for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O
modules connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU843 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU843 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended
for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules
connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU844 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU844 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is a intended for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt
sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU845 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU845 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended for
mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks
(i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU850 Extended MTU, Individually Current Limited and Disconnectable per
Channel for 50 V Applications
The TU850 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. TU850 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
current limited sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 A
25
Section 1 Introduction
The TY801 is a shunt stick for current or voltage signals together with AI845 or
AI880 and TU844 or TU845.
TY804 Shunt Stick
The TY804 is a shunt stick for NAMUR signals together with DP840 and TU844 or
TU845.
TY820 Temperature Sensor
The TY820 can be used with AI835/AI835A and AI843 to measure cold junction
temperature.
The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 current and voltage inputs. The inputs are
independent for each channel, in that either voltage or current can be measured.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The input withstand HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA, 0(2)... +10 V.
26
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The AI815 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. The inputs can be configured
for voltage or current.
The module has HART pass-through functionality.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20 mA, 0(1)...+5 V.
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V
The AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module has 4 individually galvanic
isolated channels. This module is suitable for applications requiring galvanic
isolated channels, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal input ranges
are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The input withstand HART communication.
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module
The AI830/AI830A Analog Input, RTD Module has 8 RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100
and Ni120 and resistor) inputs. The inputs allow 3-wire connection to RTDs. Inputs
are monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit. Reference channel and internal supply
are also monitored.
3BSE020924-510 A
27
Section 1 Introduction
The AI843 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. A separate channel is used for Cold Junction (ambient)
temperature measurement. The input can be connected to a variety of thermocouples
with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
AI845 Analog Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The AI845 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. Each channel can be either a
voltage or current input. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART
pass-through functionality. It can be used in both single and redundant application.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20mA, 0(1)...+5V.
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module for Single or Redundant
Configuration
28
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The AO815 Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs can be set
to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The module
has HART pass-through functionality. Nominal output range is 4...20 mA.
AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10 V...+10 V
The AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar current or voltage outputs.
The choice of either current or voltage output is configurable per channel. Outputs
are individually galvanically isolated. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communication error is detected. Nominal output range are:
-20... +20 mA, 0(4)... +20 mA, -10... +10 V, 0(2)... +10 V.
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs
can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART pass-through functionality. It
can be used in both single and redundant applications. Nominal output range is:
4...20mA.
DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking
The DI810 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
3BSE020924-510 A
29
Section 1 Introduction
The DI811 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
The DI814 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. current source
digital inputs. The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with
a voltage supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c.
The DI820 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c.
The DI821 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
30
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c. with SOE
The DI825 Digital Input Module had 8 channels for 125 V d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are individually
isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for channels 2 - 4, and channel
8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 8
can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI830 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI831 Digital Input Module, 48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI831 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI840 Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The DI840 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current
3BSE020924-510 A
31
Section 1 Introduction
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant applications.
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant
Configuration
The DI885 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs with
or without open-circuit monitoring (wire break supervision), or 24 volt d.c.
electronic inputs without open-circuit monitoring; and sequence of events (SOE)
handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of 1 ms
for each input channel. The inputs are arranged in one group of 8 channels.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. The DI885 also has the
capability to monitor an internal or external sensor power supply (60 V d.c. max.).
DO810 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing
The DO810 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
32
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
DO814 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A
The DO814 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, current
sinking digital outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight
channels with a voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel
provides protection against short circuits to power supply, over-temperature, EMC
protection, output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost
error is detected.
DO815 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing
The DO815 Digital Output Module has 8 channels, 24 volt d.c., 2 A, digital outputs.
The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of four channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection against
short circuits to ground, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a
predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open
The DO820 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
3BSE020924-510 A
33
Section 1 Introduction
The DO821 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NC - Normal Closed), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
DO840 Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The DO840 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum
continuos output current is 0.5 mA. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics.
It can be used in both single and redundant applications.
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant
Configuration
34
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
DP840 has 8 channels and each channel can be configured for pulse count or
frequency measurement. The maximum frequency of input signals is 20 kHz. The
inputs can also be read as digital input signals.
Input signal range NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.
3BSE020924-510 A
35
Section 1 Introduction
The I/O module distributes the ModuleBus to the next module. It also generate the
correct address to the next module by shifting the outgoing position signals.
58.45 mm (2.3)
67.5 mm
(2.66)
Center of
DIN rail
110 mm (4.3)
86.1 mm (3.4)
136 mm
(5.35)
DO801
46.5 mm
(1.83)
5 mm
(0.2)
57.2 mm
(2.25)
The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be set
to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
36
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 1 Introduction
The DI801 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
One input channel can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical
isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking
The DI802 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking
The DI803 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DO801 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 V, Current Sinking
The DO801 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open
The DO802 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 24-250 volt d.c., digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
3BSE020924-510 A
37
Section 1 Introduction
38
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 2 Configuration
Module Termination Units (MTU)
Each MTU is used with certain types of I/O Modules. Refer to Table 2 that shows
the relationship between MTUs and I/O Modules. Each MTU has two mechanical
keys that have to be set for the type of I/O module that is installed on it.
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings
AI830/
AI830A
AI835/
AI843
AI845
AI880
AI815
AI820
AI825
Extended
TU850
Redundant
TU844
TU845
TU839
Redundant
TU838 Extended
TU842
TU843
TU836 TU837
Extended
TU835 Extended
Extended
TU834 Extended
Extended
TU830 TU833
Compact
AI810
TU811 TU813
Module
Type
TU810 TU812
TU814 Compact
TU831 Extended
Mech.
Key
Setting
Key Key
1
2
AI835A
3BSE020924-510 A
39
Section 2 Configuration
AO810/
AO815
AO820
AO845
AO845
A
DI810
DI811
DI814
DI820
DI821
DI825
DI830
DI831
DI840
DI880
X(1)
X(2)
X(2)
DI885
DO810
Extended
TU850
Redundant
TU844
TU845
Redundant
TU842
TU843
Extended
TU839
TU838 Extended
Extended
TU835 Extended
TU836 TU837
TU834 Extended
Extended
TU830 TU833
Compact
TU811 TU813
AI880A
Module
Type
TU810 TU812
TU814 Compact
TU831 Extended
Mech.
Key
Setting
Key Key
1
2
AO810V
2
40
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 2 Configuration
DO815 X (3)
DO820
DO821
DO840
DO880
DP820
DP840
Extended
TU850
Redundant
TU844
TU845
Redundant
TU842
TU843
TU839
-
Extended
TU838 Extended
Extended
TU835 Extended
TU836 TU837
TU834 Extended
Extended
TU830 TU833
Compact
DO814
TU811 TU813
Module
Type
TU810 TU812
TU814 Compact
TU831 Extended
Mech.
Key
Setting
Key Key
1
2
(1) If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812 or TU814) are used, refer to the Technical Description 3BSE050455.
(2) If the outgoing sensor supplies are not used to feed the sensor in the field, refer to the Technical Description
3BSE050455.
(3) TU812 is not recommended due to the maximum rated current.
3BSE020924-510 A
41
I/O Modules
Section 2 Configuration
I/O Modules
S800 I/O Modules
Each I/O module is installed on an MTU. Table 2 shows the MTUs that can be used
with each I/O module type. I/O modules do not have any jumpers or switches that
need to be set before installing on an MTU. Refer to Appendix A, Specifications for
more information.
I/O modules are installed by aligning the connectors of the MTU and I/O module
and then pushing the units together. After connected to the MTU, the I/O module is
then locked in place by the I/O Module Lock/Switch which also activates a switch to
enable power to the I/O module.
42
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance
For preventive maintenance, refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*)
manual.
Hardware Indicators
S800 I/O Module LEDs
Figure 8 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of all I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and
WARNING) indicating the module status. Additionally, some modules have LEDs
indicating OSP or PRIMARY, see Table 3 and Table 4.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating the current state (on/off).
3BSE020924-510 A
43
Section 3 Maintenance
Color
Description
F (FAULT)
Red
R (RUN)
Green
W (WARNING)
Yellow
O (OSP)
Yellow
PRIM
(PRIMARY)
Yellow
Channel status
Yellow (red)
(1) The FAULT LED is turned on at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT LED.
(2) In a redundant configuration, the primary I/O module is scanned at the specified cycle time to
supply input values to the application, while the backup I/O module is scanned at a lower cycle
for diagnostic purpose. The input values from the backup module are not used by the
application.
44
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Run
Fault
Warning
OSP
Primary
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
On/Off
On/Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
DI On/Off,
DO Off
Not
Flashing/
Configured
Off
Ready
(2)
Channel status
Flashing/
Off
Off
On/Off
Off
Off
Operational
On
Off
On/Off
Off
On/Off
On/Off
OSP
On
Off
On/Off
On
On/Off
On/Off
Error
Off
On
On/Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off,
DO Off
(1) The DI signal status for module DI830, DI831, DI880, DI885, DP820 is only OFF.
(2) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the module.
3BSE020924-510 A
45
Section 3 Maintenance
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DO810
F
R
W
F
R
W
O
F
R
W
F
R
W
O
PX1
UP1
ST1
DI1
SY1
DO1
TP1
UL1
PX2
UP2
ST2
DI2
SY2
DO2
TP2
UL2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI810
AO810/AO810V2
AI810
DP820
46
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Color
S (Status)
Description
Red
Green
(1) The Status LED is indicating red at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
(for example, AI/AO) detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT
LED.
3BSE020924-510 A
Status
Channel status
Init
Red
Off
Not Configured
Red/off (1)
Off
Ready
Off
DI On/Off, DO Off
Operational
Green
On/Off
47
Section 3 Maintenance
Status
Channel status
OSP
Green
On/Off
Error
Red
DI On/Off, DO Off
(1) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the
module.
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
STATUS
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
AI801
0(4)...20 mA
DO801
24 V 0.5 A
L+ L- 24 V
L+ L- 24 V
+
I +
3
+
I +
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
48
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Error Messages
Error Messages
Refer the relevant controller manuals.
All I/O modules can be exchanged online and with the process power supply
connected, except for relay outputs with normally closed contacts. This is possible
because the module deactivates when the I/O module lock switch is turned to
unlock.
Replacement of an S800 I/O module affects all channels on the module. In some
cases, it indirectly affects the outputs through some application function, on
another module.
The system software in the ModuleBus master checks automatically that all I/O
modules function correctly. In the event of module fault, and module exchange, the
module and associated signals are marked as faulty.
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the F(ault) LED is turned off, and after the initial configuration, and the R(un)
LED activated, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 7 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
2.
3.
3BSE020924-510 A
49
Section 3 Maintenance
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the contacts in the
MTU, and then lock the module in place.
The module is initialized automatically by the system, and the F(ault) LED is
turned off and the R(un) LED is activated.
6.
Table 7 lists S800 I/O modules and provides additional information for replacement
of the modules.
Table 7. Replacement information for S800 I/O Modules
Module Type
Settings
AI810, AI815,
AI820, AI825,
AI830, AI830A,
AI835, AI835A,
AI843, AI845,
AI880, AI880A,
AI890, AI895
Analog Input
No settings
AO810, AO815,
AO810V2, AO820,
AO845, AO845A,
AO890, AO895
Analog Output
No settings
Comments
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
50
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Settings
DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI820,
DI821, DI890
Digital Input
No settings
DI825, DI830,
DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885
Digital Input with
SOE
No settings
DO810, DO814
DO815, DO840,
DO880, DO890
Digital Output
No settings
Comments
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
device manually to a safe state before the
module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
If DO880 is removed from the MTU, the
connected output is automatically turned to
safe state (de-energized).
DO820
Digital Output
No settings
3BSE020924-510 A
51
Section 3 Maintenance
Settings
No settings
Comments
Replacement with system power applied is
possible.
Since the module has normally
closed relay contacts, the field
power must be removed before
replacement.
It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe
state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism
deactivates the module, that is, the
relay contacts close.
52
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
Settings
No settings
Comments
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
device manually to a safe state before the
module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
TU810/TU810V1,
TU811/TU811V1,
TU812/TU812V1,
TU813,
TU814/TU814V1,
TU830/TU830V1,
TU831/TU831V1,
TU833, TU834,
TU835/TU835V1,
TU836/TU836V1,
TU837/TU837V1,
TU838, TU839,
TU842, TU843,
TU844, TU845,
TU850 MTUs
No settings
I/O modules can not be replaced online. The power must be switched off to the I/O
station and the module, before replacing the I/O module.
A power switch off to an I/O station affects all modules and channels in the
station. It also sometimes indirectly affects the outputs in other I/O stations
through some application functions
3BSE020924-510 A
53
Section 3 Maintenance
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the color indication on the S(tatus) LED turns from red to no color, and then to
green, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 8 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
2.
3.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the module to the left,
and lock the module with the locking screw.
9.
54
3BSE020924-510 A
Section 3 Maintenance
The new module is automatically initialized by the system, and the color of the
S(tatus) LED turns from red to off, and then to green indicating that the module
is in normal operation.
12. Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Information for Replacement of Individual S800L I/O Modules
Table 8 lists S800L I/O modules and provides additional information for
replacement of the modules.
Table 8. Replacement information for S800L I/O Modules
Module Type
Settings
Comments
AI801, DI801,
DI802, DI803
No settings
AO801, DO801,
DO802
No settings
TU805
No settings
3BSE020924-510 A
55
56
Section 3 Maintenance
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications
Features
The following are the general features of S800 I/O modules:
EMC protection.
G3 compliant.
Description
There are two types of S800 I/O modules:
The two types of S800 I/O modules can co-exist on the same bus. The main
difference is that the standard S800 I/O is hot swappable, and it offers many type of
field connection alternatives through the different type of MTUs that are used.
3BSE020924-510 A
57
Description
Appendix A Specifications
On the front of all standard S800 I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (RUN,
WARNING and FAULT) indicating the module status. Additionally output I/O
modules have one LED indicating OSP (Output Set to Predetermined) and some
input modules have one LED indicating PRIMARY. Digital I/O modules have one
LED per channel indicating the current state (on/off) and pulse counter I/O modules
have two or more LEDs per channel. S800L I/O module has one dual color LED
(STATUS) indicating the module status.
All I/O modules have user parameters that can be configured using the engineering
tool.
The reset circuitry keeps the I/O module in Init State until the bus master indicates
that the Modulebus power supply is valid. In addition, the standard S800 I/O
modules are kept in Init State until the module locking mechanism (on the MTU) is
in the locked position.
All output I/O modules implement the Output Set to Predetermined (OSP) function.
The outputs of the I/O module are set to a predetermined value, if the OSPwatchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received.
The watchdog timer is set by the controller (OSP timer) and is used for ModuleBus
supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node address
is decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any)
are set to their OSP values. The OSP value can be either configured as a predefined
value or set to use the last good value sent.
The output values are kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change
the outputs, the module first has to leave this state. When re-entering Operational
State, the outputs are still kept with their OSP value until new valid values are
written.
58
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Technical Data
Table 9. Technical data of S800 I/O modules
Feature
Data
G3 compliant(1)
According to ISA-S71.04
55/40C (131/104F)(2)
Equipment class
Protection rating
Width
S800: 45 mm (1.77")
S800: 86.1 mm (3.4")
Depth
Height
Weight
(1) Following S800 units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832,
SD833, SD834, SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822
and SS822 are also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
(2) 400C (1040F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O modules or S800L modules
mounted on vertical DIN rail.
3BSE020924-510 A
59
Appendix A Specifications
12 Bit resolution.
STATUS
AI801
0(4)...20mA
L+ L- 24V
Description
3
+
60
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. All eight channels are isolated
from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is converted from the
external 24 V.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
Under/over range
-0% / +15%
230 , 270
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C
1 ms
30 mA
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.1 W
3BSE020924-510 A
61
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Input filter cut off frequency
Second order filter
3.5Hz
140 ms
Isolation
50 V
500 V a.c.
62
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
STATUS
Pos
1+
1I
LP
Block
2+
2I
LP
Mux
MBI
#
5VS
5V
0V
7I
LP
Power_ok
8+
8I
LP
L+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
63
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process Connection
64
Ch1, L1+
1+
1I
Ch 2, L1+
2+
Ch 2, Current Input
2I
Ch 3, L1+
3+
Ch 3, Current Input
3I
Ch 4, L1+
4+
Ch 4, Current Input
4I
Ch 5, L2+
5+
Ch 5, Current Input
5I
Ch 6, L2+
6+
Ch 6, Current Input
6I
Ch 7, L2+
7+
Ch 7, Current Input
7I
Ch 8, L2+
8+
Ch 8, Current Input
8I
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
AI801
Process
L1+
1+
0 - 20mA
Ch1
1I
L1+
2+
0 - 20mA
Ch2
2I
L1+
3+
Ch3
3I
L1+
4+
Ch4
4I
L2+
5+
Ch5
5I
L2+
6+
Ch6
6I
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
L2+
7+
Ch7
7I
Mux.
8+
0 - 20mA
Ch8
8I
+24v
L+
0v
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
65
Appendix A Specifications
12 Bit resolution.
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
Description
6
7
8
AI810
66
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. Fused MTUs TU830, TU835
and TU838 provides groupwise and channelwise fusing. TU850 provides
channelwise current limitation on transmitter power terminals.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs,
but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field
devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max.) per
channel for the outgoing transmitter supply. The TU812 Compact MTU has a DSub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
3BSE020924-510 A
67
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
Under/over range
-5% / +15%
290k ohm
230275 ohm
68
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C
Typ. 70 ppm/C
Max. 100 ppm/C
8 ms
40 mA
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.5 W
Voltage supervision
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Sensor power distribution
140 ms
Isolation
AE
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
69
Appendix A Specifications
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
ZP
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
Pos
LP
Block
Mux
FCI
LP
#
5 VS
5V
0V
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
Power_ok
LP
+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt
+24 V
0 V 24 V
LP
L2+
ZP
EM
70
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU810
male
(or TU814)
Terminal Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU835
Terminal
TU838
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1, L1+
B1, B2
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
C1
C1
B1
B1
B1
16
C2
12
B2
B2
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 2, L1+
B3, B4
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 2, Current Input B2
17
C4
22
B4
B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 3, L1+
B5, B6
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 3, Voltage Input C3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 3, Current Input B3
18
C6
32
B6
B6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 4, L1+
B7, B8
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 4, Voltage Input C4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 4, Current Input B4
19
C8
42
B8
B8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 5, L2+
B9, B10
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 A
71
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU810
male
(or TU814)
Terminal Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU835
Terminal
TU838
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
Ch 5, Voltage Input C5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 5, Current Input B5
20
C10
52
B10
B10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 6, L2+
B11, B12
61 (F6)
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 6, Voltage Input C6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 6, Current Input B6
21
C12
62
B12
B12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 7, L2+
B13, B14
71 (F7)
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 7, Voltage Input C7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 7, Current Input B7
22
C14
72
B14
B14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 8, L2+
B15, B16
81 (F8)
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 8, Voltage Input C8
10
C15
B15
B15
Ch 8, Current Input B8
23
C16
82
B16
B16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
72
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 13 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI810 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11,B12
C11
Ch6 I C12
A11,A12
ZP
L2+
B13,B14
Ch7 V C13
C14
ZP
A13,A14
B15,B16
L2+
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
6.3A *
+24v
L2+
L2+
L2- Fuse
0v
L2-
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L1+
2 - Wire
XMTRs
Ch1 I
L1+
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
0 - 10V
Ch3 V
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
ZP
L2+
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10V
0 - 10V
AI810
L1+
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
0v
4 - 20mA
6.3A *
Ch5 I
ZP
L2+
L-
Mux.
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
73
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 14 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
L1+
ZP
Ch1 I
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 10V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
4 - 20mA
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
0 - 10V
Ch7 V
0 - 10V
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 10V
Ch8 V
ZP
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI810
Pwr. 24V
0V
Sup.
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
Figure 14. AI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
74
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 15 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU835
Extended MTU.
L1+
TU835
X11
Fn=100mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1X12
F1
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
Process
+24v
0v
4 - 20mA
2- Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
4- Wire
XMTRs
2- Wire
0 (4) - 20mA
4 - 20mA
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
81
4- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch8 I
+24v
Chx I = Current Input
0v
82
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
F2
AI810
L1+
L-
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
75
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 16 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU838
Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
L1+
L1+
0v
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
A6
ZP
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
ZP
A8
F5
A9
L2+
B9
Ch5 I B10
ZP
A10
F6
A11
L2+
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
A13
L2+
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
L1+
+24v
L2+
+24v
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 10V
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10V
0 - 10V
AI810
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
76
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 17 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
TU850
Process
+24v
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
Ch1 I
U2
U3
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
U4
U5
2- Wire
XMTRs
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch3 I
U6
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch4 I
4- Wire
XMTRs
U9
2- Wire
4 - 20mA
Ch5 I
U10
U11
4 - 20mA
Ch6I
U12
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
4- Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10 V
0v
L-
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
A5
B5
B6
A6
A7
B7
B8
A8
A9
B9
B10
A10
A11
B11
B12
A12
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
A13
B13
Ch7 I B14
A14
U14
A15
B15
Ch8 V B16
A16
+24v
L1+
A1
B1
B2
A2
U13
3- Wire
XMTRs
2A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
AI810
2A
Fuse
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
77
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 18 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
1
14
2
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14 UP1
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 V
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
AI810
L1+
LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
Ch6 I
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
12
12 ZP2 0V
L2+
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
LEM
Mux.
EM
78
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
12 Bit resolution.
F
R
W
Description
AI815
AI845
0/4....20mA
HART
3BSE020924-510 A
79
Appendix A Specifications
External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
All the eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. The power to
the input stages is converted from the 24 V supply on the ModuleBus.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires external
terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The extended
MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max) per channel for the outgoing
transmitter supply. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector
for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required, if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to Internal shunt when current input is
required and set to External shunt when voltage input is required.
80
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
Over range
+15%
10 M
250
11 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
> 40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/C
10 ms
Current consumption 24 V
(Modulebus)
50 mA
100 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
81
Appendix A Specifications
Power dissipation
3.5 W
Transmitter supply:
HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA + - 10%(1)
Supervision
290 ms
Isolation
CC
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
82
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
R
W
F
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
T 24 V
I1U
I1I
LP
CPU
MBI
ZP
T 24 V
U8
Mux
I8U
I8I
LP
ZP
Mux
HART
Modem
3BSE020924-510 A
83
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
With HART signals, shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
Table 15. AI815 Process Connections
TU830/
TU810
TU812
TU835
TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal
Process
Connection
84
TU838
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
U1
B1
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
C1
C1
B1
B1
16
C2
12
B2
A1
A1, A2
A2
U2
B3
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
Ch 2, Voltage Input
C2
C3
B3
Ch 2, Current Input
B2
17
C4
22
B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A4
U3
B5
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
Ch 3, Voltage Input
C3
C5
B5
Ch 3, Current Input
B3
18
C6
32
B6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A6
U4
B7
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
Ch 4, Voltage Input
C4
C7
B7
Ch 4, Current Input
B4
19
C8
42
B8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A8
U5
B9
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU838
Terminal
Ch 5, Voltage Input
C5
C9
B9
Ch 5, Current Input
B5
20
C10
52
B10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A10
U6
B11
61 (F6)
A11 (F6)
Ch 6, Voltage Input
C6
C11
B11
Ch 6, Current Input
B6
21
C12
62
B12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12 -
A12
U7
B13
71 (F7)
A13 (F7)
Ch 7, Voltage Input
C7
C13
B13
Ch 7, Current Input
B7
22
C14
72
B14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14 -
A14
U8
B15
81 (F8)
A15 (F8)
Ch 8, Voltage Input
C8
10
C15
B15
Ch 8, Current Input
B8
23
C16
82
B16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16 -
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
85
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 20 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI815 when
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - Wire
XMTRs
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
Ch1 I
U2
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1
C1
C2
A1,A2
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
L-
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
B3
C3
C4
A3,A4
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
B5
Ch3 V C5
C6
ZP
A5,A6
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
B7
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
C9
C10
A9,A10
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11
C11
C12
A11,A12
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
B13
U7
Ch7 V C13
C14
A13,A14
ZP
U8
B15
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
Ch6 I
ZP
+24v
Chx V = Voltage Input
Chx I = Current Input
AI815
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
6.3A
Fuse
Mux.
L2+
L-
EM
86
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 21 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI815 when
installed on a TU835 Extended MTU.
Process
TU835
X11
+24V
0V
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
L1+
X12
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
L2+
81
Ch8 I
82
+24V
Chx I = Current Input
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
0V
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fn=100mA
AI815
L1+
L-
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
87
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 22 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI815 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
TU838
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 5V
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
L1+
L1+
0V
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
ZP
A6
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
A8
ZP
F5
L2+
A9
B9
Ch5 I B10
A10
ZP
F6
L2+
A11
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
L2+
A13
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
+24V
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
AI815
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
88
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 23 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI815 when
installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
ZP
Ch1 I
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch7 V
0 - 5V
0 - 20mA
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch8 V
ZP
L1+
C1
B1
A1
4 - 20mA
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI815
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
Figure 23. AI815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
89
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 24 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI815 when
installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
0V
Ch1 V
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V *
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
Ch6 I
0V
AI815
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
EM
90
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
1
Description
AI820
20 mA, 10 V Diff
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection (with extended MTUs) to distribute the supply to external 2 wire
transmitters. There is no current limiting on the transmitter power terminals.
All 4 channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables
three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires
3BSE020924-510 A
91
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The
TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the
process.
Technical Data
AI820
Analog Input Module
Feature
92
Number of channels
Type of input
Bipolar differential
Over/under range
15%
200kCommon mode
800kNormal mode
250
30 V
50 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
80 dB (>60 dB d.c.)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
33 dB
Error
Max. 0,1%
Resolution
Max.50 ppm/C
Max.70 ppm/C
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Update cycle time (all four channels)
<26 ms
70 mA
80 mA
Power dissipation
1.7W
Voltage supervision
40 ms
on Extended MTU
Isolation
BB
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
93
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
L1+
L1L1+
L1-
Pos
AMP
+
LPF
Block
Mux
PGA
CLK +/MBI-2
G=1/2
L1+
L1-
Data +/-
ModuleBus
I1U+
I1IB
I1I+
I1-
5 VS
I2U+
I2IB
I2I+
I2-
AMP
+
LPF
I3U+
I3IB
I3I+
I3-
AMP
+
LPF
CPU
5V
0V
Power_ok
+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt
+24 V
+0 V 24
L2+
L2I4U+
I4IB
I4I+
I4L2+
L2L2+
L2-
AMP
+
LPF
ZP
EM
94
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+
1, 14
L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1-
Ch1, L1+
B1, B2
C1
C1
Ch1IB (2)
B1
16
C2
Ch1, L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 1, L1+
B3, B4
C2
C3
B2
17
C4
Ch 1, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 2, L1+
B5, B6
C5
Ch 2IB (2)
B3
18
C6
Ch 2, L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 2, L1+
B7, B8
C4
C7
B4
19
C8
Ch 2, L1-
A4
A7, A8
Ch 3, L2+
B9, B10
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
95
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 3IB (2)
B5
20
C10
Ch 3, L2-
A5
A9, A10
Ch 3, L2+
B11, B12
C6
C11
B6
21
C12
Ch 3, L2-
A6
A11, A12
Ch 4, L2+
B13, B14
C13
Ch 4IB (2)
B7
22
C14
Ch 4, L2-
A7
A13, A14
Ch 4, L2+
B15, B16
C8
10
C15
B8
23
C16
Ch 4, L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+
11, 24
L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2-
96
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 26 shows the process connections for the Differential Analog Input Module
AI820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Ch1 V
4 Wire
XTMR
Ch1 4 - 20mA
L1+
Ch2V
Ch2IB
2 Wire
XTMR
Ch2 I
Ch2L1-
Pwr.
Source
Ch3V
Ch3IB
0 - 20mA
Ch3 I
Ch3 4 Wire
XTMR
CH4 V
0 - 10V
3 Wire
XTMR
L2+
L2+24v
0v
L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I1I+
I1L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I2I+
I2L1-
L1-
L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2L2+
I3I+
I3L2L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2L2+
I4I+
I4L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
L1+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
250W
0v
0 - 10V
6.3A
L1+
L1+ Fuse
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
+24v
AI820
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Pwr.
Source
TU830/TU833
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Process
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
3BSE020924-510 A
97
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
Figure 27 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Pwr.
Source
Local
Gnd.
L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I1I+
I1L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
Compensation
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I2I+
I2L1L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-
Compensation
Ch3 I
Ch3 -
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I3I+
I3L2-
CH4 V
C7
B7
A7
4 Wire
XTMR
Ch1 4 - 20mA
Ch2V
Ch2IB
Ch2 I
Ch2 L1-
Pwr.
Source
Ch3V
Ch3IB
0 - 20mA
4 Wire
XTMR
0 - 10V
3 Wire
XTMR
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1 V
2 Wire
XTMR
L1+
Ch4 -
+24v
0v
C4
B4
A4
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2L2+
I4I+
I4L2L2+
L2-
250W
Compensation
250W
250W
250W
0 - 10V
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI820
250W
TU810
(or TU814)
250W
+24V 0V
250W
Compensation
250W
Process
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Figure 27. AI820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
98
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 28 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a TU812.
TU812
L1+
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 V
16
16 S2
Ch1 IB
4 S3
Ch1 I
17
17 S4
Ch1 R
5 S5
Ch2 V
18
18 S6
Ch2 IB
6 S7
19
19 S8
Ch2 R
7 S9
Ch3 V
7
20
Ch2 I
20 S10 Ch3 IB
L1L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-
Compensation
L2+
I3I+
I3L2L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2-
Compensation
8 S11 Ch3 I
21 S12 Ch3 R
9 S13 Ch4 V
22
22 S14 Ch4 IB
10
10 S15 Ch4 I
23
23 S16 Ch4 R
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
L2+
I4I+
I4L2-
25
25 ZP2
L2+
13
13 EM
L2-
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
L1+
I2I+
I2L1-
21
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
L1+
I1I+
I1L1L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
250W
Process
Connection
14 UP1
250W
250W
14
1 UP1 +24V
250W
250W
250W
AI820
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
3BSE020924-510 A
99
Appendix A Specifications
Description
100
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Galvanic isolated
channel to channel
channel to ground
Over/under range
15%
10 M
50
50 125
30 V
30 V
6.3 V
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
120 dB
NMRR
Error
Max. 0,1%
Resolution
Temperature drift
3BSE020924-510 A
101
Appendix A Specifications
Table 18. AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AI825
Analog Input Module
Feature
Update cycle time (all four channels)
<10 ms
Power dissipation
Voltage supervision
Internal supplies
DA
250 V
102
between channels
1900 V d.c.
3250 V d.c.
MB24V to ground
720 V d.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
Pos
I1U
AMP
+
LPF
Block
CLK +/MBI-2
Data +/-
ModuleBus
I1IP
I1I
ZP1
5 VS
I2U
CPU
I2IP
I2I
ZP2
AMP
+
LPF
5V
0V
Power_ok
I3U
I3IP
I3I
ZP3
AMP
+
LPF
#
Ch1
+24 V
Ch2
I4U
+0 V 24
I4IP
I4I
ZP4
AMP
+
LPF
Ch3
#
Ch4
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
103
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process Connection
104
TU831
Terminal
B1
B1
C2
B2
A2
A2
A1
A1
B3
B3
C4
B4
A4
A4
A3
A3
B5
B5
C6
B6
A6
A6
A5
A5
B7
B7
C8
B8
A8
A8
A7
A7
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 30 shows the process connections for the Galvanic Isolated Analog Input
Module AI825 when installed on a TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
External
power
supply
AI825
+10 V Ch1 V
B1
C2
A2
I1U
I1IP
I1I
Ch1 ZP
A1
ZP1
+20 mA Ch2 IP
B3
C4
A4
I2U
I2IP
I2I
Ch2 ZP
A3
ZP2
+20 mA Ch3 I
B5
C6
A6
I3U
I13IP
I3I
Ch3 ZP
A5
ZP3
4-20 mA Ch4 I
B7
C8
A8
I4U
I4IP
I4I
Ch4 ZP
A7
ZP4
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
TU811/TU813
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
105
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 31 shows the process connections for the AI825 when installed on a TU831
Extended MTU.
Process
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
TU831
AI825
+10 V Ch1 V
B1
B2
A2
I1U
I1IP
I1I
Ch1 ZP
A1
ZP1
+20 mA Ch2 IP
B3
B4
A4
I2U
I2IP
I2I
Ch2 ZP
A3
ZP2
+20 mA Ch3 I
B5
B6
A6
I3U
I13IP
I3I
Ch3 ZP
A5
ZP3
4-20 mA Ch4 I
B7
B8
A8
I4U
I4IP
I4I
Ch4 ZP
A7
ZP4
EM
106
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
14 Bit resolution.
Inputs are monitored for open-circuit, shortcircuit and has a input grounded sensor.
Description
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AI830
RTD
3BSE020924-510 A
107
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
3-wire RTD:
Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 and resistive
potentiometer
Measurement range
See Table 21
R =Wire resistance
R =Difference in % between resistance
in field cables, see Figure 32.
108
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>120 dB(1)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>60 dB
See Table 21
Resolution
See Table 21
Temperature drift
See Table 21
150 ms + n x 95 ms (4)
50 mA
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.6 W
Supervision
Open-circuit, short-circuit(5),
reference channel, internal power supply
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Isolation
AF
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) At 10 load, e.g. Cu 10. CMMR is >80 dB at <400 load and >110 dB at 100 .
(2) Without error dependent of the field cable resistance
(3) Activated and not correctly connected channels can have negative influence on the accuracy of
other channels.
(4) n=Number of active channels
(5) For Cu10, not short circuit.
R1
Pt100
R2
AI830/AI830A
R=Difference between
R1 and R2
R1, R2, Rzp=Field cable
resistance
Rzp
3BSE020924-510 A
109
Appendix A Specifications
Sensor
Type
Max Error
Resolution
50 Hz
60 Hz
MaxTemp
Drift
0.11C
0.025C
0.030C
0.0017C/C
0.18F
0.20F
0.046F
0.055F
0.003F/F
Pt100(1)
0.15C
0.16C
0.026C
0.031C
0.0028C/C
-328...482F
Pt100(1)
0.27F
0.29F
0.046F
0.055F
0.0050F/F
-200...850C
Pt100
(1)
0.31C
0.34C
0.056C
0.067C
0.007C/C
-328...1562F
Pt100(1)
0.57F
0.61F
0.10F
0.12F
0.013F/F
-60...180C
Ni100(2)
0.10C
0.12C
0.031C
0.037C
0.0021C/C
-76...356F
Ni100(2)
0.19F
0.21F
0.056F
0.067F
0.0038FF
-80...260C
Ni120(3)
0.27C
0.29C
0.022C
0.026C
0.0029CC
-112...500F
Ni120(3)
0.49F
0.51F
0.039F
0.046F
0.0053F/F
-100...260C
Cu10(4)
1.0C
1.2C
0.26C
0.31C
0.024C/C
-148...500F
Cu10(4)
1.8F
2.2F
0.46F
0.56F
0.0043F/F
0...400
Resistor
0.083
0.091
0.020
0.024
0.0020 /C
-200...880C(5)
Pt100
0.29C
0.32C
0.056C
0.067C
0.007C/C
-328...1616F(5)
Pt100
0.53F
0.58F
0.10F
0.12F
0.013F/F
-200...880C(6)
Pt100
0.30C
0.32C
0.055C
0.066C
0.007C/C
Pt100
0.53F
0.58F
0.10F
0.12F
0.012F/F
-80...80C(7)
Pt100
0.10C
0.11C
0.025C
0.030C
0.0017C/C
-112...176F(7)
Pt100
0.18F
0.19F
0.046F
0.055F
0.003F/F
-200...250C(7)
Pt100
0.14C
0.15C
0.025C
0.031C
0.0027C/C
(7)
Pt100
0.25F
0.28F
0.046F
0.055F
0.005F/F
50 Hz
-80...80C
Pt100
(1)
0.10C
-112...176F
Pt100(1)
-200...250C
-328...1616F
-328...428F
110
(6)
60 Hz
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Sensor
Type
Max Error
50 Hz
60 Hz
Resolution
50 Hz
60 Hz
MaxTemp
Drift
-200...850C(7)
Pt100
0.30C
0.33C
0.056C
0.067C
0.007C/C
-328...1562F(7)
Pt100
0.54F
0.59F
0.10F
0.12F
0.013F/F
Pt100
0.25C
0.27C
0.053C
0.064C
0.0052C/C
Pt100
0.45F
0.49F
0.096F
0.12F
0.0094F/F
-200...649C
(8)
-328...1200F(8)
3BSE020924-510 A
111
Appendix A Specifications
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
ZP
Pos
LP
Block
Mux
I4+
I4ZP
CPU
MBI
#
LP
5VS
5V
I5+
I5ZP
I8+
I8ZP
0V
LP
LP
Power_ok
+12V
ZP
-12V
ModuleBus
I1+
I1ZP
+24 V
0 V 24 V
Ref:s
ZP
EM
112
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Input
C1
C1
Ch1, - Input
B1
16
C2
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input
C2
C3
Ch 2, - Input
B2
17
C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Input
C3
C5
Ch 3, - Input
B3
18
C6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input
C4
C7
Ch 4, - Input
B4
19
C8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input
C5
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
113
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 5, - Input
B5
20
C10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Input
C6
C11
Ch 6, - Input
B6
21
C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Input
C7
C13
Ch 7, - Input
B7
22
C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input
C8
10
C15
Ch 8, - Input
B8
23
C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
114
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 34 shows the process connections for the RTD Input Module AI830/AI830A
when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
T
T
TU830/TU833
AI830/AI830A
6.3A
Ch1+
Ch1ZP
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch2+
Ch2ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
I3+
I3ZP
Ch5+
Ch5ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch6+
Ch6ZP
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch4+
Ch4ZP
Ch7+
Ch7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8ZP
Fuse
I1+
I1ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
ZP
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8+
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
115
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 35 shows the process connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
L1+
L1-
T
T
AI830/AI830A
ZP
Ch1+
Ch1ZP
C1
B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+
Ch2ZP
C2
B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3ZP
C3
B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+
Ch4ZP
C4
B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5ZP
C5
B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6ZP
C6
B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+
Ch7ZP
C7
B7
A7
I7+
I7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8ZP
C8
B8
A8
I8+
I8+
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
ZP
EM
116
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 36 shows the connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a TU812.
1
14
2
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14 UP1
2 ZP1 0V
ZP
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 +
16
16 S2
Ch1 -
4 S3
Ch2 +
17
17 S4
Ch2 -
5 S5
Ch3 +
18
18 S6
Ch3 -
6 S7
Ch4 +
19
19 S8
Ch4 -
7 S9
Ch5 +
20
AI830/AI830A
20 S10 Ch5 -
8 S11 Ch6 +
21
21 S12 Ch6 -
9 S13 Ch7 +
22
22 S14 Ch7 -
10
10 S15 Ch8 +
23
23 S16 Ch8 -
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
I1+
I1ZP
I2+
I2ZP
I3+
I3ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8ZP
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
117
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
Description
5
6
7
8
AI835
TC/mV
118
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU or the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices
without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections.
Technical Data
Feature
AI835/AI835A
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Number of channels
8 (Differential)
Type of input
Measurement range
See Table 24
Input impedance
> 1 M
12 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
120 dB
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>60 dB(1)
Resolution (A/D)
15 bits
Error
0.1%
Temperature drift
Typ. 5 ppm/C
Max. 7 ppm/C (AI835A)
Max. 30 ppm/C (AI835)
10 Hz
3BSE020924-510 A
119
Appendix A Specifications
AI835/AI835A
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Filter (integration)
50 Hz or 60 Hz
280 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
250 ms + n x 70 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision
50 mA
75 mA
Power dissipation
1.6 W
Isolation
BA
50 V
500 V a.c.
120
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Temperature Range
TC type B (1)
44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D (2)
02300C, 32...4172F
(1)
-270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1)
-210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1)
-270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L (2)
-200900 C, -3281652 F
TC type E
TC type N
(1)
-270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1)
-270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U(2)
-200600 C, -3281112 F
Linear range
-30...75 mV
-40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Only for AI835A
(3) Sensor Type applies to Channel 8 only, for the measuring of the Cold
Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
3BSE020924-510 A
121
Appendix A Specifications
Run
MB = Modulebus
FIC = Full protocol module Interface Circuity
MTI = Main Timer Interface
SPI = Serial Peripheral Interface
Warning
+CH1
-CH1
+CH2
-CH2
EMC/
LP
EMC/
LP
Data
Differential
A/D
ANALOG
CLK
#
MUX
+CH7
-CH7
Amplifier
CTRL
(MTI)
EMC/
LP
ADR(SPI)
+5V
(low)
+CH8 EMC/
LP
Pt100
-CH8
EM
Pos(6:0)
pow_ok
+PCJC
-PCJC
ZP
MB
FIC
+UPint
GNDA
-UPint
0V
+24V
0V_24V
122
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Pt100, PCJC-
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Input
C1
C1
Ch1, - Input
B1
16
C2
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input
C2
C3
Ch 2, - Input
B2
17
C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Input
C3
C5
Ch 3, - Input
B3
18
C6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input
C4
C7
Ch 4, - Input
B4
19
C8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input
C5
C9
123
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 5, - Input
B5
20
C10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Input
C6
C11
Ch 6, - Input
B6
21
C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Input
C7
C13
Ch 7, - Input
B7
22
C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input
C8
10
C15
Ch 8, - Input
B8
23
C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
Pt100, PCJC+
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
124
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 38 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module
AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
Ch1+ C1
Ch1- C2
A1,A2
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
6.3A
PCJC-
Fuse
I1+
I1ZP
B3,B4
Ch2+ C3
Ch2- C4
A3,A4
I2+
I2ZP
B5,B6
Ch3+ C5
Ch3- C6
A5,A6
I3+
I3ZP
B7,B8
Ch4+ C7
Ch4- C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
Ch5+ C9
Ch5- C10
A9,A10
Thermocouple connected
to ground
AI835/AI835A
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
B11,B12
Ch6+ C11
Ch6- C12
A11,A12
I6+
I6ZP
B13,B14
Ch7+ C13
Ch7- C14
A13,A14
Pt100/TY820
B15,B16
Ch8+ C15
Ch8- C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8ZP
6.3A
PCJC+
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
125
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 39 shows the process connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
Ch1+ C1
Ch1- B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+ C2
Ch2- B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+ C3
Ch3- B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+ C4
Ch4- B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+ C5
Ch5- B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+ C6
Ch6- B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+ C7
Ch7- B7
A7
Pt100/TY820
Ch8+ C8
Ch8- B8
A8
I7+
I7ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Thermocouple connected
to ground
I8+
I8ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
PCJC+
EM
126
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables
Thermocouple
isolated from
ground
Junction
Box
Pt100/TY820
Thermocouple
connected to
ground
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
Ch1+
Ch1-
C1
B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+
Ch2-
C2
B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3-
C3
B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+
Ch4-
C4
B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
C5
B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
C6
B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+
Ch7-
C7
B7
A7
I7+
I7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8-
C8
B8
A8
I8+
I8ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
PCJC+
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
127
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 41 shows the connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU812.
14
14
Process
Connection
TU812
PCJC-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 +
16
16 S2
Ch1 -
4 S3
Ch2 +
17
17 S4
Ch2 -
5 S5
Ch3 +
18
18 S6
Ch3 -
6 S7
Ch4 +
19
19 S8
Ch4 -
7 S9
Ch5 +
20
20 S10
Ch5 -
8 S11
Ch6 +
21
21 S12
Ch6 -
9 S13
Ch7 +
22
22 S14
Ch7 -
10
10 S15
Ch8 +
23
23 S16
Ch8 -
11
11
PCJC+
I1+
I1ZP
I2+
I2ZP
I3+
I3ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
I7+
I7ZP
24
24
12
12 ZP2 0V
I8+
I8ZP
25
25 ZP2
PCJC+
13
13 EM
EM
EM
128
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
3BSE020924-510 A
129
Appendix A Specifications
On each channel, there is a Fault (Red) LED that indicates channel error.
Three different types of MTUs can be used. In single applications, TU830 Extended
MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
In redundant applications, TU842 for horizontal mounting and TU843 for vertical
mounting can be used.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections.
Technical Data
Feature
AI843
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Number of channels
8 (Differential)
Type of input
Measurement range
See Table 27
Input impedance
> 1 M
130
5 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
100 dB
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
16 bits
Error
<0.1%
Temperature drift
Typ. 10 ppm/C
Max. 25 ppm/C
1.1 kHz
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
AI843
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Filter (integration)
50 Hz or 60 Hz
320 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
267 ms + n x 67 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision
50 mA
60 mA
Power dissipation
1.5 W
Isolation
B, A
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
131
Appendix A Specifications
Temperature Range
TC type B (1)
44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type E (1)
-270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1)
-210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1)
-270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L
-200...900oC, -328...1652oF
TC type N (1)
-270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1)
-270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U
-200...600oC, -328...1112oF
Linear range
-30...75 mV
-40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Cold Junction channel only, for the measuring
of the Cold Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
132
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Ch 1 Fault (F1)
Ch 2 Fault (F2)
Ch 8 Fault (F8)
+CH1
-CH1 EMC/LP
MUX
+CH2
-CH2 EMC/LP
#
Data
Pos (0...6)
ModuleBus
CLK
MCU
ASIC
+5V
0V
MUX
#
24V
0V-24V
+CH8
-CH8 EMC/LP
S+
+
S-
EMC/LP
CJC
3BSE020924-510 A
133
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
134
L1+ (2)
L1- (2)
PCJC+
B1
Ch1, + Input
C1
Ch1, - Input
C2
A1, A2
ICJC+
B2
ICJC-
B3
Pref
B4
Ch 2, + Input
C3
Ch 2, - Input
C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A3, A4
PCJC-
B5
B6
Ch 3, + Input
C5
Ch 3, - Input
C6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input
C7
Ch 4, - Input
C8
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input
C9
Ch 5, - Input
C10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A9, A10
B11
PCJC+
B12
Ch 6, + Input
C11
Ch 6, - Input
C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A11, A12
ICJC+
B13
ICJC-
B14
Ch 7, + Input
C13
Ch 7, - Input
C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A13, A14
Pref
B15
PCJC-
B16
Ch 8, + Input
C15
Ch 8, - Input
C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A15, A16
L2+ (2)
L2- (2)
135
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 43 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
ICJCPref
I2+
I2ZP
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
PCJC-
Ch3+
Ch3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
ICJC+
ICJCI7+
I7ZP
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Ch2+
Ch2-
Pt100
1)
Ch7+
Ch7-
Ref100
1)
1) Only if the Cold Junction channel is used
Note: No external power supply
should be connected
AI843
Fuse
B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1+
Ch1-
Thermocouple connected
to ground
6.3A
Ch8+
Ch8-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
I3+
I3ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
136
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 44 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Junction
Box
Thermocouple
connected to
ground
AI843
Fuse
B1
B2
Ch1+ C1
Ch1C2
A1,A2
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
B3
B4
Ch2+ C3
Ch2- C4
A3,A4
ICJC+
Pref
I2+
I2ZP
PCJC-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch4+
Ch4-
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
ICJC+
ICJC-
Ch7+
Ch7-
C13
C14
A13,A14
I7+
I7ZP
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
Pt100
1)
Ref100
Thermocouple
isolated from
ground
6.3A
1) Ch8+
2
Ch8-
I3+
I3ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fuse
EM
Figure 44. AI843 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections to Remote
Junction Box
3BSE020924-510 A
137
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 45 shows the process connections for the Thermocouple/mV Input Module
AI843 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process
Ch1+
Ch1Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Ch2+
Ch2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
Ch5+
Ch5Thermocouple connected
to ground
Ch6+
Ch6Pt100
1)
Ch7+
Ch7-
Ref100
1)
Ch8+
Ch8-
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
ICJCPref
I2+
I2ZP
PCJCI3+
I3ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
ICJC+
ICJCI7+
I7ZP
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
EM
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
EM
Figure 45. AI843 with TU842 or TU843 Extended MTU Process Connections
138
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
12 Bit resolution.
F
R
W
Description
AI845
0/4....20mA
HART
3BSE020924-510 A
139
Appendix A Specifications
External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
Low Pass Filter, Multiplexer and Test channels. Error in these are reported as
Internal channel error.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830
Extended MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional
terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process
voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply
to the field devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A
max.) per channel for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub
25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Two types of MTUs can be used for redundant applications, one for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and one for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to External shunt when the MTU
TU844/TU845 is used or when voltage inputs is required for other MTU.
It is only possible to mix voltage and current input when TU844/TU845 is used; for
other MTUs, all channels become voltage or current inputs.
140
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
Over range
+15%
10 M
250
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/C
10 ms
50 mA
100 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
141
Appendix A Specifications
Power dissipation
3.5 W
+ - 10%(1)
HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA
Supervision
290 ms
Isolation
CC
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter.
142
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
R
W
F
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
T 24 V
I1U
I1I
LP
CPU
MBI
ZP
I1UC
T 24 V
U8
Mux
I8U
I8I
ZP
Mux
LP
I8UC
LP
HART
Modem
Mux
LP
3BSE020924-510 A
143
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
With HART signals shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
Table 30. AI845 Process Connections
TU830/
TU810
TU812
TU835
TU838
TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal
Process
Connection
TU844
TU845
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1-
U1
B1
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
B1
C1
C1
B1
B2(2)
B1
16
C2
12
B2
B2(2)
A1
A1, A2
A2
A1,A2
U2
B3
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
B3
Ch 2, Voltage Input
C2
C3
B3
B4(2)
Ch 2, Current Input
B2
17
C4
22
B4
B4(2)
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A4
A3, A4
U3
B5
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
B5
Ch 3, Voltage Input
C3
C5
B5
B6(2)
Ch 3, Current Input
B3
18
C6
32
B6
B6(2)
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A6
A5, A6
U4
B7
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
B7
Ch 4, Voltage Input
C4
C7
B7
B8(2)
Ch 4, Current Input
B4
19
C8
42
B8
B8(2)
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A8
A7, A8
U5
B9
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
B9
144
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU838
Terminal
TU844
TU845
Terminal
Ch 5, Voltage Input
C5
C9
B9
B10(2)
Ch 5, Current Input
B5
20
C10
52
B10
B10(2)
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A10
A9, A10
U6
B11
61 (F6)
A11 (F6)
B11
Ch 6, Voltage Input
C6
C11
B11
B12(2)
Ch 6, Current Input
B6
21
C12
62
B12
B12(2)
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12 -
A12
A11, A12
U7
B13
71 (F7)
A13 (F7)
B13
Ch 7, Voltage Input
C7
C13
B13
B14(2)
Ch 7, Current Input
B7
22
C14
72
B14
B14(2)
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14 -
A14
A13, A14
U8
B15
81 (F8)
A15 (F8)
B15
Ch 8, Voltage Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B16(2)
Ch 8, Current Input
B8
23
C16
82
B16
B16(2)
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16 -
A16
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
145
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 47 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - Wire
XMTRs
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
Ch1 I
U2
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1
C1
C2
A1,A2
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
L-
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
B3
C3
C4
A3,A4
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
B5
Ch3 V C5
C6
ZP
A5,A6
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
B7
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
C9
C10
A9,A10
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11
C11
C12
A11,A12
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
B13
U7
Ch7 V C13
C14
A13,A14
ZP
U8
B15
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
Ch6 I
ZP
+24v
Chx V = Voltage Input
Chx I = Current Input
AI845
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
6.3A
Fuse
Mux.
L2+
L-
EM
146
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 48 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU835 Extended MTU.
Process
TU835
X11
+24V
0V
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
L1+
X12
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
L2+
81
Ch8 I
82
+24V
Chx I = Current Input
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
0V
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fn=100mA
AI845
L1+
L-
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
147
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 49 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
TU838
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 5V
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
L1+
L1+
0V
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
ZP
A6
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
A8
ZP
F5
L2+
A9
B9
Ch5 I B10
A10
ZP
F6
L2+
A11
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
L2+
A13
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
+24V
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
AI845
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
148
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 50 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
ZP
Ch1 I
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch7 V
0 - 5V
0 - 20mA
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch8 V
ZP
L1+
C1
B1
A1
4 - 20mA
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI845
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
Figure 50. AI845 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
149
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 51 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
0V
Ch1 V
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
Ch6 I
0V
AI845
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
EM
150
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 52 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI845 when
installed on a TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU.
Process
TU844/TU845
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 5V
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
Ch5
ZP
U6
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 5V
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 5V
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
+24V
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
AI845
L+
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
LEM
AI845
---
Shunt stick
TY801
L+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
L-
Mux.
EM
Figure 52. AI845 with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
151
Appendix A Specifications
12 bit resolution.
Description - AI Function
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is designed for single and
redundant configuration. The module has 8 current input channels.
The input resistance is 250 ohm.
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
152
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the
Module is generated from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
As AI880/AI880A needs external shunt sticks, the MTUs TU844 or TU845 is
required for redundant configurations and TU834 for single configurations.
AI880A has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point communication
is supported.
Sensors should be for 24 V power supply if it should be powered from the module.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections.
Description - Loop Supervised DI Function
AI880/AI880A can be configured for the function Loop Supervised Digital Input.
When used as Loop Supervised, the I/O module can handle input signals with
defined levels for open circuit, logic low state, logic high state, and short circuit.
The function, Loop Supervised DI, is also used with field devices without defined
levels for field loop diagnostics, if an additional resistor network is added.
The resistor network is considered to be a part of the field device; this must be
considered when certifying a safety loop according to IEC 61511.
The resistor network should be placed close to the field device.
When using the function, Loop Supervised DI, the following parameter settings and
field loop arrangement (resistor network) should be used:
1.
3BSE020924-510 A
153
S800 I/O
AI880A
Appendix A Specifications
Ux
R2
CHx
R1
Figure 53. Field Loop Arrangement When using the function Loop Supervised DI
Type of setting
Parameter
Parameter
Setting
Value
4.2 mA
Resistor
R1
2.7 k ohm(1)
Resistor
R2
10 k ohm(1)
(1) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or
better, power rating 0.5W or more.
2.
154
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Type of setting
Setting
Parameter
Parameter
Value
4.2 mA
Resistor
R1
Resistor
R2
10 k ohm2
(1) For field supplies (Uin) below 21.6 V, R1 must be 1.0 k ohm instead of 1.5 k ohm.
(2) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or better,
power rating 0.5 W or more.
S800 I/O
AI880A
Ux
R2
CHx
R1
Errors in External power supply and External shunt error are reported as
External channel error.
Errors in Low Pass Filter, and Test channels are reported as channel error.
3BSE020924-510 A
155
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
0...20 mA
4... 20 mA
Over range
+12% (0...20mA)
+15% (4...20mA)
Input impedance (at current input) 250 (with Shunt stick TY801)
156
11 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
<0.1%
Safety accuracy
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/C
10 ms
Current consumption 24 V
(Modulebus)
50 mA (max)
Current consumption 5 V
(Modulebus)
45 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
Power dissipation
2.4 W
Hart Compatible
Voltage: Process power supply (Upx) - max
4.5 V
Current: 32 mA + - 10%(1)
Voltage supervision
Isolation
TU834 (single)
TU844, TU845 (redundant)
FF (AI880), FD (AI880A)
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
3BSE020924-510 A
157
Appendix A Specifications
FPGA
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
R
W
F
P
T 24 V
Mux
I1U
LP
I1UC
U8
MCU
T 24 V
Mux
I8U
LP
I8UC
LP
Mux
LP
158
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Shielded cables should be used for process connections (over all shield is sufficient
if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Table 32. AI880/AI880A Process Connections
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
TU834
TU844
TU845
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
U1
B1
B2
A1,A2
U2
B3
Ch 2, Current Input
B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A3, A4
U3
B5
Ch 3, Current Input
B6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A5, A6
U4
B7
Ch 4, Current Input
B8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A7, A8
U5
B9
Ch 5, Current Input
B10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A9, A10
U6
B11
159
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
160
TU834
TU844
TU845
Terminal
Ch 6, Current Input
B12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A11, A12
U7
B13
Ch 7, Current Input
B14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A13, A14
U8
B15
Ch 8, Current Input
B16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A15, A16
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 56 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU.
Process
TU844/TU845
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
Ch5
ZP
U6
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
AI880/AI880A
L+
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
AI880
---
L+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 56. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
161
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 57 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU and
used as Loop Supervised DI.
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
0 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
sensors
U2
0 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
sensors
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
3 - Wire
sensors
Ch5
ZP
U6
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
R1
R2
0V
TU844/TU845
L+ AI880/AI880A
L-
Shunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
---
L+ AI880
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 57. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
162
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 58 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU.
Process
TU834
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
L+
AI880/AI880A
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
3BSE020924-510 A
163
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 59 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU and used as Loop
Supervised DI.
Process
TU834
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
sensors
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
sensors
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
3 - Wire
sensors
Ch5
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
R1
R2
0V
L+
AI880/AI880A
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
164
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
STATUS
AO801
0(4)...20mA
L+ L- 24V
1
O -
2
O -
3
4
O - O -
5
O -
6
O -
7
O -
8
O -
Technical Data
Number of channels
Output rang
Over range
15%
3BSE020924-510 A
165
Appendix A Specifications
Rise time
10s
Cycle time
1 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Typ. 30 ppm/C
Max. 60 ppm/C
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
200 mA (max)
Current consumption 5 V
(Modulebus)
70 mA (max)
Power dissipation
3.8 W
Isolation
50 V
500 V a.c.
166
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
If output load <250 ohms and high power supply can max. power dissipation be
exceeded.
The total power dissipated in the output stages should be <1.2 W. Can be calculated
according to:
UP <24 V
UP >24 V
UP
ICHi
RLi
Temporary overload or short circuit does not cause any damage but long term
overload will decrease module MTBF.
3BSE020924-510 A
167
Appendix A Specifications
L+
L-
STATUS
#
EMC
prot
1O
1-
Pos
MBI
CPU
5VS
EMC
prot
8O
8-
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EM
168
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Process
Terminal
Ch1, + Output
1O
1-
Ch 2, + Output
2O
2-
Ch 3, + Output
3O
3-
Ch 4, + Output
4O
4-
Ch 5, + Output
5O
5-
Ch 6, + Output
6O
6-
Ch 7, + Output
7O
7-
Ch 8, + Output
8O
8-
169
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Device
AO801
D/A
1O
1-
0 - 20mA
2O
2-
0 - 20mA
D/A
3O
3-
0 - 20mA
D/A
4O
4-
0 - 20mA
D/A
5O
5-
0 - 20mA
D/A
6O
6-
0 - 20mA
D/A
7O
7-
0 - 20mA
D/A
8O
8-
0 - 20mA
D/A
L+
+24V
L-
0V
EM
170
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
O
1
2
Description
5
6
7
8
AO810
0..20 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
171
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Output range
Over range
15%
Output load
500 ohms(2),
250 - 850 ohms(3)
Rise time
Cycle time
2 ms
Error
Resolution
14 bit
Temperature drift
Typ. 30 ppm/C
Max. 60 ppm/C
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
Supervision
172
70 mA (max)
2.3 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
MTU keying code
AE
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
173
Appendix A Specifications
L2+
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
OSP
L1+
ZP
#
EMC
prot
O1
ZP
Pos
MBI-2
CPU
5VS
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EMC
prot
O8
ZP
EM
174
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
A6
A11, A12
175
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
A8
A15, A16
+24 V dc
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
176
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 63 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
B1
D/A
O1
ZP
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
D/A
O5
ZP
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
0 - 20mA
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
0 - 20mA
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
0 - 20mA
C7
A7
B9
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
0 - 20mA
C9
A9
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
0 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
0 - 20mA
C1
A1
B3
C3
A3
B5
C5
A5
B7
B11
D/A
C11
A11
O6
ZP
B13
O7
ZP
C13
A13
B15
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O8
ZP
C15
A15
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
6.3A
Fuse
EM
0V
3BSE020924-510 A
177
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 64 shows the process connections for the AO810/AO810V2 when installed
on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
0V
D/A
O1
ZP
C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
0 - 20mA
O2
ZP
C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O3
ZP
C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O4
ZP
C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O5
ZP
C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O6
ZP
C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O7
ZP
C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
D/A
O8
ZP
C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
EM
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
178
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 65 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
TU812
+24V UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
0V
D/A
O1
ZP
ZP1 15
15
Ch1 + S1 3
S2 16
16
Ch2 + S3 4
O2
ZP
S4 17
17
D/A
Ch3 + S5 5
S6 18
18
D/A
O3
ZP
Ch4 + S7 6
S8 19
19
O4
ZP
Ch5 + S9 7
S10 20
20
D/A
D/A
O5
ZP
Ch6 + S11 8
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
D/A
O6
ZP
D/A
O7
ZP
UP2 24
24
D/A
O8
ZP
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
EM
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL,
for AO810V2 850 ohms even at 19.2 V
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
3BSE020924-510 A
179
Appendix A Specifications
12 bit resolution.
Description
Internal Channel Error is reported if the output circuit can not give the right
current value.
180
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required if HART is used.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Output range
4...20 mA
Over range
15%
Output load
23 ms (0-90%)
max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time
10 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/C
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
165 mA (max)
125 mA (max)
3.5 W
3BSE020924-510 A
181
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Isolation
DB
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
182
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
UP21
R
O1
W
F
O
#
Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
ZP
UP21
CPU
MBI
O8
Mux
ZP
HART
Modem
HART
UP21
UP
ZP
E
Main switch
RCL_out
MS
3BSE020924-510 A
183
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
With HART signals shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
Table 38. A0815 Process Connections
184
TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
A8
A15, A16
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
185
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 75 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a
TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO815
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
UP1
B1
D/A
O1
ZP
C1,C2
A1,A2
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
C7,C8
A7,A8
C9,C10
A9,A10
UP1
C11,C12
A11,A12
C13,C14
A13,A14
4 - 20mA
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
B15
UP1
C15,C16
A15,A16
6.3A
Fuse
EM
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
B13
UP1
D/A
4 - 20mA
B11
O6
ZP
O8
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
B9
O5
ZP
O7
ZP
4 - 20mA
B7
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
B5
C5,C6
A5,A6
UP1
D/A
0V
B3
C3,C4
A3,A4
UP1
D/A
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
186
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO815
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
B1,C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
B2,C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
B3,C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
B4,C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
B5,C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
B6,C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
B7,C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
B8,C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
O2
ZP
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
UP1
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
UP1
D/A
EM
O8
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
0V
Figure 68. AO815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
187
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 77 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
TU812
+24V
AO815
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
O2
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch3 +
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
O4
ZP
UP1 14
14
ZP1
ZP1 15
15
S2 16
16
S4 17
17
S5 5
S1
S3
S6 18
18
Ch4 +
S7 6
S8 19
19
Ch5 +
S9 7
UP1
D/A
UP1
S10 20
20
Ch6 + S11 8
Process
Connection
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
D/A
O8
ZP
UP1
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
EM
188
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
O
AO820
20 mA, 10V Isolated
The Channel diagnostics include fault detection of the channel (only reported on
active channels). The error is reported if the output current differ from the output set
value (that is, open wire condition).
3BSE020924-510 A
189
Appendix A Specifications
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Output ranges (nominal)
4
-20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA
or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V(1)
(1)
190
Over range
15%
Output load
5k ohms
Rise time
< 0.7 ms
1.5 ms
Error, Voltage
Max. 0.1%
Error, Current
Resolution
Temperature drift
Max. 90 ppm/C
260 mA (max)
100 mA (max)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Power dissipation (2)
6W
Supervision
Isolation
Individually isolated,
channel-to-channel and to circuit
common
BC
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
191
Appendix A Specifications
EMC
protect
S/H
O1I+
O1U-
Current sense
O1I-
ZP1
CPU
EM
DAT+
DATCLK+
CLK5VS
MBI-2
ModuleBus
Pos
5V
Iso Power
and Amp
U,I Amp
0V
+24V
O4U+
EMC
protect
Amp
O4IO4U-
+0V24
Block
Power_ok
Current sense
O4I-
ZP4
EM
192
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Not used
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
Not used
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
C1
B1
16
C2
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
C3
B2
17
C4
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
C5
B3
18
C6
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
C7
B4
19
C8
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
193
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
B5
20
C10
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
C11
B6
21
C12
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
C13
B7
22
C14
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
10
C15
B8
23
C16
A8
A15, A16
Not used
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
Not used
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
194
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 71 shows the process connections for the Bipolar Analog Output Module
AO820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1C1
C2
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
C3
C4
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
O2I
ZP2
C5
C6
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
O2U
ZP2
C7
C8
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
D/A
D/A
O3I
ZP3
C9
C10
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C11
C12
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
O4I
ZP4
C13
C14
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
O4U
ZP4
C15
C16
Ch4 V+
Ch4 -
6.3A
Fuse
EM
O1I
ZP1
D/A
D/A
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO820
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
20mA
0 - 20mA
10V
0 - 10V
3BSE020924-510 A
195
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 72 shows the process connections for the AO820 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO820
L1+
L1+
L1-
D/A
O1I
ZP1
C1
B1
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
C2
B2
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
O2I
ZP2
C3
B3
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
O2U
ZP2
C4
B4
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
20mA
0 - 20mA
D/A
O3I
ZP3
D/A
D/A
EM
C5
B5
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C6
B6
O4I
ZP4
C7
B7
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
O4U
ZP4
C8
B8
Ch4 V+
Ch4 -
L2+
L2+
L2-
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
10V
0 - 10V
Figure 72. AO820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
196
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 73 shows the process connections for the AO820 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU
AO820
L1+
TU812
+24V UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
0V ZP1 15
15
L1-
O1I
ZP1
C1
B1
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
O2I
ZP2
C2
B2
C3
B3
S2 16
16
S1
D/A
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
S4 17
17
S3
S6 18
18
S5
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
S8 19
19
S7
D/A
O2U
ZP2
C4
B4
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
S10 20
20
S9
D/A
D/A
EM
O3I
ZP3
C5
B5
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C6
B6
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
S12 21
21
S11
S14 22
22
S15 10
10
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
L2+
0V ZP2 25
25
L2-
EM 13
13
O4I
ZP4
C7
B7
O4U
ZP4
C8 Ch4 V+
B8 Ch4 -
S13
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
197
Appendix A Specifications
12 bit resolution.
F
R
W
0
Description
AO845
4...20 mA HART
198
Internal Channel Error is reported if the output circuit can not give the right
current value. In a redundant pair the module will be commanded to error state
by the ModuleBus master.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Number of channels
Output range
4...20 mA
Over range
15%
Output load
23 ms (0-90%)
max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time
10 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/C
3BSE020924-510 A
199
Appendix A Specifications
AO845/AO845A
Analog Output Module
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
125 mA (max)
3.5 W
Isolation
AO845: CC
AO845A: DB
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
200
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
UP21
R
W
F
O
O1
#
Open
ZP
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
O8
CPU
MBI
#
Mux
ZP
HART
Modem
HART
UP21
UP
ZP
E
Main switch
RCL_out
MS
3BSE020924-510 A
201
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
With HART signals shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
Table 42. AO845/AO845A Process Connections
202
TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
Terminal
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
C1, C2
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
C3, C4
A2
A3, A4
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
C5, C6
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
C7, C8
A4
A7, A8
A7,A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
C9, C10
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
C11, C12
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
Terminal
Terminal
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
C13, C14
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
C15, C16
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
203
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 75 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO845/AO845A
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
UP1
B1
D/A
O1
ZP
C1,C2
A1,A2
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
C7,C8
A7,A8
C9,C10
A9,A10
UP1
C11,C12
A11,A12
C13,C14
A13,A14
4 - 20mA
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
B15
UP1
C15,C16
A15,A16
6.3A
Fuse
EM
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
B13
UP1
D/A
4 - 20mA
B11
O6
ZP
O8
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
B9
O5
ZP
O7
ZP
4 - 20mA
B7
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
B5
C5,C6
A5,A6
UP1
D/A
0V
B3
C3,C4
A3,A4
UP1
D/A
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
204
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO845/AO845A
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
B1,C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
B2,C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
B3,C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
B4,C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
B5,C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
B6,C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
B7,C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
B8,C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
O2
ZP
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
UP1
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
UP1
D/A
EM
O8
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
0V
3BSE020924-510 A
205
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 77 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
+24V
AO845/AO845A
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
O2
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch3 +
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
O4
ZP
UP1 14
14
ZP1
ZP1 15
15
S2 16
16
S4 17
17
S5 5
S1
S3
S6 18
18
Ch4 +
S7 6
S8 19
19
Ch5 +
S9 7
UP1
D/A
UP1
S10 20
20
Ch6 + S11 8
Process
Connection
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
D/A
O8
ZP
UP1
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
EM
206
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 78 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
AO845/AO845A
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
Device
+24V
0V
O1
ZP
C1, C2
A1, A2
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O2
ZP
C3, C4
A3, A4
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O3
ZP
C5, C6
A5, A6
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O4
ZP
C7, C8
A7, A8
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O5
ZP
C9, C10
A9, A10
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O6
ZP
C11, C12
A11, A12
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O7
ZP
C13, C14
A13, A14
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O8
ZP
C15, C16
A15, A16
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
EM
0V
AO845/AO845A
O1
ZP
---
D/A
O8
ZP
D/A
EM
Figure 78. AO845/AO845A with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
207
Appendix A Specifications
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
Description
DI801
24V
L+ L- 24V
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
208
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
6.7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>3.0mA
Input Current, 0
<1.0 mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
channel 16
70 mA
2.2 W
Isolation
50 V
3BSE020924-510 A
209
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Dielectric test voltage
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
I1
CH 2
I2
CH 15
.
I15
CH 16
I16
.
STATUS
MBI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9
BLOCK
L-
EM
210
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Process
Terminal
Ch1 Input
Ch 2 Input
Ch 3 Input
Ch 4 Input
Ch 5 Input
Ch 6 Input
Ch 7 Input
Ch 8 Input
Ch 9 Input
Ch 10 Input
10
Ch 11 Input
11
Ch 12 Input
12
Ch 13 Input
13
Ch 14 Input
14
Ch 15 Input
15
Ch 16 Input
16
211
Appendix A Specifications
Process
DI801
1
2
7
8
9
10
11
-
12
13
14
15
16
+24V
0V
EM
212
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Signal filtering.
S 1
DI802
120V a.c./d.c.
Description
STATUS
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A
3BSE020924-510 A
213
Appendix A Specifications
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with parameter a. If the error inputs are disabled, channel 8 can
be used as the normal input channel.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Technical Data
DI802
Digital Input Module
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
120 V a.c.
(77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
214
77 to 130 V a.c.
75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 30 V a.c.
0 to 20 V d.c.
47...63 Hz
Input Impedance
12 k(a.c.)
39 k(d.c.)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Filter times (digital, selectable)
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
5/18 ms
Channel 8
50 mA
2.8 W
Isolation
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
215
Appendix A Specifications
INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1
X1
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 2
CH 3
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 4
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
CH 5
POS0-6
CH 6
CH 7
EEPROM
CH 8
E1-7
216
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
3BSE020924-510 A
217
Appendix A Specifications
Process
DI802
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+120V
0V
EM
218
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Signal filtering.
S 1
DI803
230V a.c./d.c.
Description
STATUS
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A
3BSE020924-510 A
219
Appendix A Specifications
enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 8
can be used as normal input channels.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Technical Data
DI803
Digital Input Module
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
230 V a.c.
(164 to 264 V a.c.)
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
0 to 50 V a.c.
0 to 40 V d.c.
220
4763 Hz
Input impedance
30 k (a.c.)
134 k (d.c.)
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Analog filter On/Off delay
5/28 ms
Channel 8
50 mA
(1)
2.8 W
Power dissipation
Isolation
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
221
Appendix A Specifications
INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
X1
MBI-1
ASIC
1A
1B
CH 2
2A
2B
CH 3
3A
3B
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 1
CH 4
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CH 5
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
4A
4B
5A
5B
CH 6
6A
6B
CH 7
7A
7B
CH 8
8A
8B
EEPROM
E1-7
222
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
3BSE020924-510 A
223
Appendix A Specifications
Process
DI803
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+230V
0V
EM
224
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI810
24V
3BSE020924-510 A
225
Appendix A Specifications
Seven different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power
supply to the devices. The extended MTU, TU838, provides a fuse (3 A max.) per
two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one disconnectable
PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data
Feature
226
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current 1
>3.0mA
Input Current 0
<1.0mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
50 mA
1.8 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Module termination units
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 A
227
Appendix A Specifications
GROUP 1
BIC
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8
EMCBARRIER
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
ASIC
X1
0V
DAT
DAT-N
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
L1-
Process Connector
CH 1
L1+
U1
I1
RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM
ERROR 9-16
EMCBARRIER
8
/
L2+
L2+
I 9-16
24V SUPERVISION
L2-
EM
228
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2,
L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4,
L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4,
L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6,
L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6,
L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8,
L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
3BSE020924-510 A
229
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
230
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8,
L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10,
L2+
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10,
L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16,
L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
231
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 86 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI810
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
232
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 87 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI810
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
233
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 88 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI810
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 88. DI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
234
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 89 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI810
+24V
Supervise
0V
Ch1
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
0V
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
235
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 90 shows the process connection for the DI810 when installed on a TU850
Extended.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI810
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
236
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
3BSE020924-510 A
237
Appendix A Specifications
Seven different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 48 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 48 V power
supply to the devices. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per
two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one disconnectable
PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data
Feature
238
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
48 V d.c.
(36 to 60 V d.c.)
30 to 60 V
-60 to +10 V
4 mA @ 48 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>2.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<0.5 mA
Input Impedance
11 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
50 mA
2.7 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Module termination units
BD
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
48 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 A
239
Appendix A Specifications
GROUP 1
BIC
FAULT
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
ASIC
X1
0V
DAT
DAT-N
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
48V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
L1-
Process Connector
CH 1
L1+
U1
I1
EMCBARRIER
RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM
ERROR 9-16
EMCBARRIER
8
/
L2+
L2+
I 9-16
48V SUPERVISION
L2-
EM
240
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector
TU830/TU83
TU838
3
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
+48 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 A
241
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector
TU830/TU83
TU838
3
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
B10
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
B12
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
B14
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+48 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
242
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 92 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI811 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+48V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+48V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI811
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
243
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 93 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI811 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+48V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+48V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI811
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
244
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 94 shows the process connections for the DI811 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+48V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+48V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI811
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 94. DI811 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
245
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 95 shows the process connections for the DI811 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
DI811
+24V
Supervise
0V
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
246
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 96 shows the process connections for the DI811 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI811
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
247
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
248
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage supervision inputs, but
requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The
extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>3.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<1.0 mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
50 mA
Power dissipation(1)
1.8 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
249
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Module termination units
BE
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
250
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X2
GROUP 1
UP1
U1
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
I1
U2
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
X1
ASIC
I8
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
EEPROM
Process Connector
Modulebus Connector
POWER-OK
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
I2
.
.
.
U18
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
GROUP 2
UP2
U9-16
EMCBARRIER
8 CH 9-16
/
ERROR 9-16
8
/
I 9-16
24V SUPERVISION
ZP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
251
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
252
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
A5
A9, A10
A10
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
A6
A11, A12
A12
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
A7
A13, A14
A14
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
253
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 98 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
DI814
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
254
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 99 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI814
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
255
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 100 shows the process connections for the DI814 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI814
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 100. DI814 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
256
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 101 shows the process connections for the DI814 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI814
+24V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
257
Appendix A Specifications
Signal filtering.
Description
F
R
W
5
6
7
DI820
120V a.c.
258
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU,
TU811/TU811V1 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two
terminals per channel.
The TU839 Extended MTU provides two terminals per channel and one terminal for
the outgoing sensor supply.
Technical Data
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
120 V a.c.
(77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
77 to 130 V
+75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 30 V a.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
10 mA ac @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA dc @110 V d.c.
4763 Hz
Impedance
12 k (a.c.)
39 K(d.c.)
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
5/18 ms
2 channels, 1 and 8
3BSE020924-510 A
259
Appendix A Specifications
50 mA
Power dissipation(1)
2.8 W
Isolation
AB
250 V
2000 V a.c.
260
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters
RUN
WARNING
I 1.1
I 1.2
CH 1
E2-4
X1
DAT+
DAT-
MBI-1
ASIC
I 2.1
I 2.2
CH 3
I 3.1
I 3.2
CH 4
I 4.1
I 4.2
CH 5
I 5.1
I 5.2
CH 6
I 6.1
I 6.2
CH 7
I 7.1
I 7.2
CH 8
I 8.1
I 8.2
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 2
EEPROM
E5-7
3BSE020924-510 A
261
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
262
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
263
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 103 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI820 when
installed on a TU831 Extended MTU.
Process
TU831
DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
B4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
264
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 104 shows the process connections for the DI820 when installed on a
TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
TU811/TU813
DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
Figure 104. DI820 with TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
265
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 105 shows the process connections for the DI820 when installed on a TU839
Extended MTU
TU839
Process
L1
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
L1
DI820
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110 d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
266
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Signal filtering.
Description
F
R
W
7
8
DI821
230V a.c.
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8
can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are
disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal input channels.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
3BSE020924-510 A
267
Appendix A Specifications
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU, TU811
Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two terminals per channel.
The TU839 Extended MTU provides two terminals per channel and one terminal for
the outgoing sensor supply.
Technical Data
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
230 V a.c.
(164 to 264 V a.c.)
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
268
0 to 50 V a.c.
+0 to 40 V d.c.
11 mA @ 230 V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220 V d.c.
4763 Hz
Impedance
21 k (a.c.)
134 K (d.c.)
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
5/28 ms
2 channels, 1 and 8
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
50 mA
Power dissipation(1)
2.8 W
Isolation
AC
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
269
Appendix A Specifications
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters
RUN
WARNING
I 1.1
I 1.2
CH 1
E2-4
X1
DAT+
DAT-
I 2.1
I 2.2
CH 3
I 3.1
I 3.2
CH 4
I 4.1
I 4.2
CH 5
I 5.1
I 5.2
CH 6
I 6.1
I 6.2
CH 7
I 7.1
I 7.2
CH 8
I 8.1
I 8.2
MBI-1
ASIC
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
EEPROM
E5-7
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 2
270
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
271
Appendix A Specifications
272
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 107 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI821 when
installed on a TU831 Extended MTU.
Process
TU831
DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
B4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
273
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 108 shows the process connections for the DI821 when installed on a TU811
or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
TU811/TU813
DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
Figure 108. DI821 with TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU Process Connections
274
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 109 shows the process connections for the DI821 when installed on a TU839
Extended MTU.
TU839
Process
L1
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
L1
DI821
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220 d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
275
Appendix A Specifications
Signal filtering.
Description
276
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The TU839 Extended MTU provides two terminals per channel and one terminal for
the outgoing sensor supply.
Event Recording
The DI825 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input
If no event recording is used, the DI825 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE020924-510 A
277
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
125 V d.c.
71 to 156 V
0 to 20 V
3.0 mA @ 125 V
Input current, 1
>1.4 mA
Input current, 0
<0.3mA
Nominal impedance
41.5 k
0 to 100 ms
2 channels, 1 and 8
Shutter filter
278
Shutter period
0 - 255 s
0 - 255 changes
Recovery time
0 - 65535 s
Intermediate storage
32 events
0.4 ms
-0.25 ms to 1 ms
Max 90 mA
4.9 W(1)
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Dielectric test voltage
2300 V a.c. Ch - EM
1350 V a.c. Ch - Ch
AB
250 V
3BSE020924-510 A
279
Appendix A Specifications
COMPUTER
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
Rectifiers and
filters
FAULT
E2-4
WARNING
RWM
MBI-2
X1
ASIC
Modulebus Connector
0V
CH 2
I2+
I2-
CH 3
I3+
I3-
CH 4
I4+
I4-
CH 5
I5+
I5-
CH 6
I6+
I6-
CH 7
I7+
I7-
CH 8
I8+
I8-
DATA
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
PROGR
MODE
X3
E5-7
Process Connector
POWER-OK
RESET
+5VI
+5V
I1+
I1-
CH 1
RUN
BDM
280
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
281
Appendix A Specifications
282
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 111 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI825 when
installed on a TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
TU811/TU813
DI825
125V d.c.
+
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+
Ch1-
B1
A1
I1+
I1-
Ch2+
Ch2-
C2
A2
I2+
I2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B3
A3
I3+
I3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
C4
A4
I4+
I4-
Ch5+
Ch5-
B5
A5
I5+
I5-
Ch6+
Ch6-
C6
A6
I6+
I6-
Ch7+
Ch7-
B7
A7
I7+
I7-
Ch8+
Ch8-
C8
A8
I8+
I8-
EM
Figure 111. DI825 with TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
283
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 112 shows the process connections for the DI825 when installed on a TU831
Extended MTU.
Process
TU831
DI825
125V d.c.
+
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+
Ch1-
B1
A1
I1+
I1-
Ch2+
Ch2-
B2
A2
I2+
I2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B3
A3
I3+
I3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
B4
A4
I4+
I4-
Ch5+
Ch5-
B5
A5
I5+
I5-
Ch6+
Ch6-
B6
A6
I6+
I6-
Ch7+
Ch7-
B7
A7
I7+
I7-
Ch8+
Ch8-
B8
A8
I8+
I8-
EM
284
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 113 shows the process connections for the DI825 when installed on a TU839
Extended MTU
TU839
Process
L1
L1
125V d.c.
DI825
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
125V d.c.
125V d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
285
Appendix A Specifications
Shutter filter.
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Description
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI830
24V, SOE
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified folter time get through the filter.
Seven different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the transducers without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for
286
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse
(3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has
a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
The DI830 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signal. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input
If no event recording is used, the DI830 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE020924-510 A
287
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
288
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
13 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7.4 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>4.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<2.0 mA
Input impedance
3.2 k
0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s
0.4 ms
-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
Power dissipation(1)
2.3 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Mounting termination units
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volt.
3BSE020924-510 A
289
Appendix A Specifications
COMPUTER
GROUP 1
X2
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
WARNING
CH 2
.
.
.
RWM
MBI-2
ASIC
POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
DATA
CH 8
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
ERROR
1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
GROUP 2
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
8
/
CH
9-16
PROGR
MODE
X3
EMCBARRIER
8
/
UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2
ERROR
9-16
3
Process Connector
U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION
RUN
X1
UP1
U1
I1
EM
BDM
290
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU8
TU838
TU850
33
Terminal Terminal
Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 A
291
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU8
TU838
TU850
33
Terminal Terminal
Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
B10
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
B11, B12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
B12
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
B13, B14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
B14
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
B15, B16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
292
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 115 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI830 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI830
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
293
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 116 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI830 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI830
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
294
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 117 shows the process connections for the DI830 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI830
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 117. DI830 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
295
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 118 shows the process connections for the DI830 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI830
+24V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
296
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 119 shows the process connections for the DI830 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI830
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
297
Appendix A Specifications
2
3
4
Shutter filter.
Description
F
R
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI831
48V, SOE
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified get through the filter.
Seven different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the transducers without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for
298
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse
(3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has
a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
The DI831 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input
If no event recording is used, the DI831 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE020924-510 A
299
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
300
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)
48 V d.c.
(36 to 60 V d.c).
+30 to +60 V.
-60 to +10 V
5 mA @ 48 V d.c.
Input impedance
9.6 k
0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s
0.4 ms
-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
3.2 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
BD
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Rated insulation voltage
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
48 Volt.
COMPUTER
GROUP 1
X2
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
WARNING
CH 2
.
.
.
RWM
MBI-2
ASIC
POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
DATA
CH 8
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
ERROR
1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
GROUP 2
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
8
/
CH
9-16
PROGR
MODE
X3
EMCBARRIER
8
/
UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2
ERROR
9-16
3
Process Connector
U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION
RUN
X1
UP1
U1
I1
EM
BDM
3BSE020924-510 A
301
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU8
TU838
TU850
33
Terminal Terminal
Terminal
(1)
302
+48 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU830/TU8
TU838
TU850
33
Terminal Terminal
Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
B10
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
B12
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
B14
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+48 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
303
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 121 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI831 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+48V
+
-
+
+
-
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+48V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI831
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
304
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 122 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI831 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+48V
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2+48V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1F1
A1
B1
B2
A2
F2
A3
B3
B4
A4
F3
A5
B5
B6
A6
F4
A7
B7
B8
A8
F5
A9
B9
B10
A10
F6
A11
B11
B12
A12
F7
A13
B13
B14
A14
F8
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI831
Supervise
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
305
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 123 shows the process connections for the DI831 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+48V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+48V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI831
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 123. DI831 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
306
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 124 shows the process connections for the DI831 when installed on a TU812
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+48V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI831
+48V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
307
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 125 shows the process connection for the DI831 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI831
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
308
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Sequence of events.
F
R
W
Description
DI840
24V, SOE
3BSE020924-510 A
309
Appendix A Specifications
Process power supply supervision and transducer over current supervision are
reported as External Channel Error. Error detection time is < 500 ms.
The internal channel circuitries are tested with test patterns. Error from those
tests will be reported as Internal Channel Error. The error detection time is
< 100 ms.
Error in the common parts of the test functions is reported as Module Error.
Error detection time is 12 ms.
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830) enables three wire connection to the transducers without
additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the
process.
For redundant applications there are two types of MTUs, TU842 for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
310
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V)
11 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input current, 1
> 3 mA
Input current, 0
< 1.5 mA
Input impedance
3.3 k
0 to 127 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
2... 170 s
4 changes
0... 682 s
1 ms
-0 ms / +1.3 ms
100 mA
Power dissipation(1)
2.7 W
3BSE020924-510 A
311
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Isolation
Yes, opto
CD
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volt.
312
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
UP
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
EM
ZP
LED1
UP
LED16
Current
Limiter
MBI
FPGA
U1
I1
CH1
U2
I2
CH2
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15
CH15
U16
I16
CH16
3BSE020924-510 A
313
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
314
TU830/
TU810
TU812
TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal
TU838
Terminal
TU842
TU843
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1-
U1, U2
B1, B2
A1 (F1),-
B1, B2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
C1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
C2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
A1, A2
U3, U4
B3, B4
A3 (F2),-
B3, B4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
C3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
A3, A4
B5, B6
A5 (F3),-
B5, B6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
C5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
A5, A6
U7, U8
B7, B8
A7 (F4),-
B7, B8
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
C7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
C8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
A7, A8
U9, U10
B9, B10
A9 (F5),-
B9, B10
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
TU812
TU830/
TU842
TU838
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal
Terminal
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
C10
A5
A9, A10
A10
A9, A10
U11, U12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
C11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
C12
A6
U13, U14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
C13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
C14
A7
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
C15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2-
A11, A12
A13, A14
3BSE020924-510 A
315
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 127 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI840 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3A
U1
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
U2
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U3
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U4
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U5
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U6
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U7
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U8
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
0V
DI840
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
Fuse
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
316
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 128 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI840 when
installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
U1
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
A1
B1
B2
A2
U2
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
A3
B3
B4
A4
U3
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
A5
B5
B6
A6
U4
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U5
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
A7
B7
B8
A8
U6
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
A11
B11
B12
A12
U7
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U8
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
DI840
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
317
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 129 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI840 when
installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
C2
B2
A2
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
C3
B3
A3
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
C8
B8
A8
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
DI840
L2+
L2+
L2-
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 129. DI840 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
318
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 130 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI840 when
installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI840
+24V
Supervise
0V
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
319
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 131 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI840 when
installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process
+24V
0V
U2
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
U4
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
U6
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
U8
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U10
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
U12
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
U14
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U16
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DI840
Supervise
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
DI840
Supervise
---
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 131. DI840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
320
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
3BSE020924-510 A
321
Appendix A Specifications
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the transducers
without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814)
has terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals
for distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The TU812 Compact
MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant applications there are two types of MTUs, TU842 for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types). It is recommended to
feed all sensors connected to DI880 from the current limited sensor power supplies
that are supplied by DI880, to fulfill this TU830, TU833, TU842 or TU843 should
be used. If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812 or TU814) are used, refer to the
Technical Description 3BSE050455.
Self-diagnostic Functions
322
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) are reported as Internal channel error.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V)
11 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input current, 1
> 3 mA
Input current, 0
< 1.5 mA
Input impedance
3.1 k
0 to 127 ms
Shutter filter:
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
1 ms
Current consumption 24 V
(process power supply, UPx)
3BSE020924-510 A
323
Appendix A Specifications
Table 67. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI880
Digital Input Module
Feature
324
Power dissipation
2.4 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
FF
-0 ms / +1.3 ms
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
P
ZP
1
UP
FPGA
Module Bus
EM
UP
16
CH1
Current
Limiter
CH2
U1
I1
UP
U2
I2
Current
Limiter
MCU
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15
CH15
U16
I16
Current
Limiter
CH16
Module Bus
UP
3BSE020924-510 A
325
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Shielded cables should be used for process connections (over all shield is sufficient
if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Table 68. DI880 Process Connections
Process
Connection
326
TU830/
TU842
TU810
TU812
TU833
TU843
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
U1, U2
B1, B2
B1, B2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
C1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
C2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
U3, U4
B3, B4
B3, B4
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
C3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A4
B5, B6
B5, B6
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
C5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
U7, U8
B7, B8
B7, B8
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
C7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
C8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
U9, U10
B9, B10
B9, B10
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
TU812
TU830/
TU842
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Connector (1) Terminal Terminal
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
C9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
C10
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
U11, U12
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
C11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
C12
A6
U13, U14
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
C13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
C14
A7
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
C15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
327
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 133 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
If the outgoing
sensor supplies
are not used to
feed the sensor
in the field,
refer to the
Technical Description
3BSE050455
6.3A
U1, U2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
U3, U4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
Ch7
Ch8
L1U9, U10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U11, U12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
Ch13
Ch14
L2U15, U16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
0V
DI880
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
Fuse
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
328
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 134 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
If single compact
MTUs(TU810,
TU812 or TU814)
are used, refer to the
Technical Description
3BSE050455
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI880
L2+
L2+
L2-
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 134. DI880 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
329
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 135 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
If single compact
MTUs (TU810,
TU812 or TU814) are
used, the Technical
Description
.3BSE050455 should
be observed.
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI880
+24V
Supervise
0V
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
330
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 136 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
3BSE020924-510 A
331
Appendix A Specifications
+24V
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L20V
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DI880
Supervise
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
DI880
Supervise
---
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 136. DI880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
332
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Channel supervision.
Shutter filter.
F
R
W
1
2
3
Description
DI885
24V/48V
3BSE020924-510 A
333
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Appendix A Specifications
The input signals of the input module DI885 can be filtered to suppress any
electrical interference or contact bounce.The filter time can be set to a range
0 to 255 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out
and pulses longer than specified filter time get through the filter.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TheTU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for process voltage inputs and
three terminals per channel. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Event Recording
The DI885 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. The time stamp has a resolution of 1 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input
If no event recording is used, the DI885 acts like a simple digital input device.
Channel Supervision
The DI885 is able to supervise the process channel regarding wire break of sensor
cable, missing sensor and short circuit of sensor voltage to module ground.
The supervision can be switched on and off per device. The channel supervision is
only possible when the contact is equipped with a parallel resistor of 47 k 20%,
and 48 V sensor power.
334
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The supervision is only possible for contacts with resistor connected in parallel.
Supervision is always available within internal sensor power supply. Supervision in
connection with external sensor power supply requires the same strict limits in the
tolerances of the external supply voltage as for internal supply voltage (48 V d.c.
10%)
Dry Contacts not supervised with external Power Supply: >= 60 V d.c./
max. 4 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
335
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
336
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Power supply:
Nominal voltage
Operating voltage range
24 V d.c.
19.2 to 30 V d.c.
48 V d.c.+/- 10%
18 V d.c. - 60 V d.c.
Input signal
48 V contact supervised
Input signal
48 V contact not supervised
Input signal
24 V electronic not supervised
Input impedance
15 kOhm
0 to 255 ms
1 ms
-0.5 ms to +1.3 ms
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Feature
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0.. 255 changes
0... 65535 s
per device
160 mA
91 mA
91 mA
22 mA
3W
Isolation
Yes, opto
BF
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24/48 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 A
337
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Appendix A Specifications
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
I1
L1+
I2
L1.
RUN
WARNING
MBI-2
ASIC
(CPU)
X1
CH 2
.
.
.
RESET
L1+
.
.
DAT
DAT-N
RS-485
.
CH 8
POS0-9
.
L1+
I8
BLOCK
24V
ERROR 1-8
EEPROM
Process Connector
Modulebus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
24V SUPERVISION
L1-
RAM
EM
24V
48V
Power
Switch
48V d.c.
24V d.c.
338
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Process Connections
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-, L2-
2, 15
Ch1 +48 V
B1
16
C2
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
Ch 2 +48 V
B2
17
C4
Ch 2 Input
C2
C3
Ch 3 +48 V
B3
18
C6
Ch 3 Input
C3
C5
Ch 4 +48 V
B4
19
C8
Ch 4 Input
C4
C7
Ch 5 +48 V
B5
20
C10
Ch 5 Input
C5
C9
Ch 6 +48 V
B6
21
C12
Ch 6 Input
C6
C11
Ch 7 +48 V
B7
22
C14
Ch 7 Input
C7
C13
Ch 8 +48 V
B8
23
C16
Ch8 Input
C8
10
C15
+48 V ext.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
339
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 138 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI885 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
Pwr. 1)
Sup.
47K
47K
Pwr. 2)
Sup.
24V+
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
DI885
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
6.3 A
Fuse
Ch1
U
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
I1
U
L-
Ch2
U
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
I2
U
L-
Ch3
U
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
I3
U
L-
Ch4
U
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4
U
L-
Ch5
U
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5
U
Ch6
U
C11
C12
A11,A12
I6
U
Ch7
U
C13
C14
A13,A14
I7
U
Ch8
U
C15
C16
A15,A16
I8
U
48V+
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
6.3 A
Fuse
EM
340
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Figure 139 shows the process connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
Pwr. 1)
Sup.
47K
47K
Pwr. 2)
Sup.
24V+
DI885
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
Ch1
U
L1-
C1
B1
A1
I1
U
L-
Ch2
U
L1-
C2
B2
A2
I2
U
L-
Ch3
U
L1-
C3
B3
A3
I3
U
L-
Ch4
U
L1-
C4
B4
A4
I4
U
L-
Ch5
U
C5
B5
A5
I5
U
Ch6
U
C6
B6
A6
I6
U
Ch7
U
C7
B7
A7
I7
U
Ch8
U
C8
B8
A8
I8
U
48V+
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 139. DI885 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
341
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 140 shows the connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU812.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
DI885
+24V
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
0V
Ch1 I
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1
4 S3
Ch2 I
17
17 S4
Ch2
5 S5
Ch3 I
18
18 S6
Ch3
6 S7
Ch4 I
19
19 S8
Ch4
7 S9
Ch5 I
20
20 S10
Ch5
8 S11
Ch6 I
21
21 S12
Ch6
9 S13
Ch7 I
22
22 S14
Ch7
10
10 S15
Ch8 I
23
23 S16
Ch8
11
11 UP2 +48 V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM EM
I1
L+
LI2
L+
LI3
L+
LI4
L+
LI5
L+
I6
L+
I7
L+
I8
L+
0V
EM
342
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
1isolated groups of 16
channels.
Short-circuit protection to
ground and 30 V.
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
DO801
24V 0.5A
L+ L- 24V
Description
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3BSE020924-510 A
343
Appendix A Specifications
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150C (302F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140C (284F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is not switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Technical Data
Feature
344
Number of channels
16 (1 x 16)
Type of output
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.4 A
<10 a
Signal delay
<0.2 ms
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
2.1 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Rated insulation voltage
50 V
500 V a.c.
STATUS
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9
O1
CH2
.
.
.
O2
.
CH15
O9
CH16
O16
Process Connector
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
MBI
CH1
BLOCK
L-
Power
connector
L+
3BSE020924-510 A
345
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
346
Process
Connection
Process
Terminal
Ch 1 Output
Ch 2 Output
Ch 3 Output
Ch 4 Output
Ch 5 Output
Ch 6 Output
Ch 7 Output
Ch 8 Output
Ch 9 Output
Ch 10 Output
10
Ch 11 Output
11
Ch 12 Output
12
Ch 13 Output
13
Ch 14 Output
14
Ch 15 Output
15
Ch 16 Output
16
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
DO801
Process
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L+
L-
+24V
0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
347
Appendix A Specifications
8 isolated channels.
S 1
STATUS
DO802
Relay 24-250V
Description
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A
348
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24 V distributed on the
ModuleBus, gives a channel signal error and a module warning signal if the voltage
disappears. The error signal and warning signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NO)
Voltage range
2A
5 mA
a.c. 500 VA
d.c. 60W
10 ms
6 ms
1000
>20 x 106
70 mA
80 mA
(1)
2.2 W
Power dissipation
3BSE020924-510 A
349
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP)
timer
Power supervision
Isolation
250 V
2000 V a.c.
350
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
STATUS
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
1A
1B
CH 1
2A
2B
CH 2
RS-485
POS0-9
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
.
.
.
8A
EEPROM
CH 8
8B
3BSE020924-510 A
351
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
352
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 144 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO802.
DO802
Process
110V d.c./250V a.c.
a.c/d.c.
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
353
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DO810
24V 0.5A
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
354
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
temperature in the output stage increases above 150C (302F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140C (284F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is also switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connections and two
terminals per channels. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8)
Type of output
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.4 A
<10 a
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
2.1 W
3BSE020924-510 A
355
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Isolation
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
356
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X2
GROUP 1
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
FAULT
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L1+
L1+
RUN
WARNING
O1
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
O2
.
.
.
L1+
O8
X1
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
L1DAT
DAT-N
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
EEPROM
Process Connector
CH 1
OSP
GROUP 2
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 9-16
8
/ CH 9-16
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L2+
L2+
8
/
O 9-16
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
357
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
358
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 A
359
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 146 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO810
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
Fuse
EM
+24V
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
360
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 147 shows the process connections for the DO810 when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO810
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
Figure 147. DO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
361
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 148 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO810
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
362
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DO814
24V, 0.5A
3BSE020924-510 A
363
Appendix A Specifications
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current sinking will be limited. This means that
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150C (302F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140C (284F).
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V output power connection, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
TU838 provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels or process power output.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8) current sinking
Type of output
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.4 A
<10 a
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
(1)
2.1 W
Power dissipation
364
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP)
timer
Isolation
BE
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
365
Appendix A Specifications
X2
GROUP 1
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
UP1 24V
ERROR 1-8
FAULT
U1
RUN
CH 1
WARNING
O1
OSP
X1
Modulebus Connector
0V
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
MBI-1
CH 2
ASIC
.
.
.
CH 8
O2
.
.
.
U8
O8
ZP1
Process Connector
POWER-OK
U2
RESET
+5VI
+5V
GROUP 2
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
ERROR 9-16
UP2 24V
U9-16
EEPROM
8 CH 9-16
/
8
/
O 9-16
ZP2
366
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
B1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
B2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
B3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
B5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
B7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
B8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
B9
3BSE020924-510 A
367
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
B10
A5
A9, A10
A10
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
B11
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
B12
A6
A11, A12
A12
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
B13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
B14
A7
A13, A14
A14
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
B15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
368
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 150 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO814
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO814
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
+24V
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
Supervise
Fuse
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Process
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
+24V
0V
3BSE020924-510 A
369
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 151 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO814
(current sinking) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
DO814
Process
TU838
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
F1
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
F2
L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A7
B7
B8
A8
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
0V
370
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 152 shows the process connections for the DO814 when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO814
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
24V Power Supply
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
24V Power
Supply
Figure 152. DO814 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
371
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 153 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO814
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO814
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
372
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
O
1
1F
2
2F
3
3F
5
5F
6
6F
4
4F
7
7F
8
8F
DO815
24V, 2A
Description
The DO815 is a 8 channel 24 V digital output module for the S800 I/O. The output
voltage range is 10 to 30 V and the maximum continuous output current is
2 A @ 24 V. The outputs are protected against short circuits, and over load. The
outputs are divided into two individually isolated groups with four output channels
in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over load protected high side
driver with open load detection (on active signal), EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output status indication LEDs and optical isolation
barrier.
3BSE020924-510 A
373
Appendix A Specifications
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO815 has two LEDs (one Yellow and one
Red) per channel. The Yellow LED indicates the output state (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized). The Red LED indicates channel errors
such as short circuit, over load, under voltage and open load (Red = channel error,
Off = no channel error).
The driver outputs provide a free-wheel diode to demagnetize inductive loads.
No external demagnetization arrangement is required up to loads of 1J.
DO815 outputs are able to drive filament lamp loads up to 10W, but only in
Automatic reset mode.
DO815 provides two protection operation modes. Each channel can be configured
to operate in one of the two modes:
1.
Automatic reset mode (Default mode): The fault condition disappears, then the
fault disappears, and the operation is resumed.
2.
Fault latching mode (This mode in not applicable in all controllers): The output
is switched off by any of the fault conditions. The fault latch remains in fault
condition until reset by temporarily setting the automatic reset mode.
The output drivers are current limited and protected against over load. If an output
has a short circuit to ground, the output current will be limited and the driver will
shutdown in order to minimize the power dissipation. In the automatic reset mode,
the output will switch on again automatically after a defined time interval. If the
short circuit condition is still present, the output is turned off again, otherwise the
normal operation is resumed.
In the fault latching mode, the output remains off until the fault condition is not
valid and the reset of the fault latch is activated. If any output is shutdown due to
fault condition, the indication LED (Yellow) on that channel remains on if the
channel is activated.The output status of the channel can be read from the module.
374
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Four different types of MTUs can be used, TU830 Extended MTU and TU810,
TU812 or TU814 Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connection
and terminals for the output channels. With use of TU812 the current per group is
limited to 5 A.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
8 (2 x 4)
Type of output
24 V d.c.
10 - 32 V d.c.
Max. 0.5 V
2 A @ 24 V,
2,5 A @ 30 V
Max. 6 A
Loop monitoring
Max. 4 A
< 6 mA
Max. 500 A
Output impedance
<0.25 ohm
Max. 10W
Max. 1J
3BSE020924-510 A
375
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Output signal delay
Max. 0.2 ms
Max. 200 Hz
Max. 2.5 Hz
4 W @ 24 V
Isolation
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
376
On active signal
Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.
256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
Current per group is limited to 5 A.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X2
GROUP 1
CH 1-4
CH 1
OSP
X1
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
EEPROM
CH 2
.
.
CH 4
CTR
4 1-4
/
L1+
O2
.
.
L1+
O4
L1-
Process Connector
MBI-1
ASIC
O1
WARNING
L1+
L1+
GROUP 2
CH 5-8
ERR.
4
/ 5-8
CH
4 5-8
/
4 CTR
/
5-8
F 5-8
Fault Mode
Control
RUN
DAT
DAT-N
OUTPUTDRIVERS
ERR.
4 1-4
/
FAULT
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
F 1-4
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L2+
L2+
4
/
O 5-8
L2-
3BSE020924-510 A
377
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
378
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
Terminal
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch 1/ L1+
B1, B2
Ch 1 Output
C1, B1
3, 16
C1, C2
Ch 1/L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 2/L1+
B3, B4
Ch 2 Output
C2, B2
4, 17
C3
Ch 2/, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 3/ L1+
B5, B6
Ch 3Output
C3, B3
5, 18
C5
Ch 3/ L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 4/ L1+
B7, B8
Ch 4 Output
C4, B4
6, 19
C7
Ch 4/ L1-
A4
A7, A8
Ch 5/ L2+
B9, B10
Ch 5 Output
C5, B5
7, 20
C9
Ch 5/ L2-
A5
A9, A10
Ch 6/ L2+
B11, B12
Ch 6 Output
C6, B6
8, 21
C11
Ch 6/ L2-
A6
A11, A12
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
Terminal
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 7/ L2+
B13, B14
Ch 7 Output
C7, B7
9, 22
C13
Ch 7/ L2-
A7
A13, A14
Ch 8/ L2+
B15, B16
Ch 8 Output
C8, B8
10, 23
C15
Ch 8/ L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
379
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 155 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO815
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO815
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Fuse
L1+
O1
L1L1+
O2
L1L1+
O3
L1L1+
O4
L1L2+
O5
L2L2+
O6
L2L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
+24V
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch2
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch3
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch4
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch6
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch7
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
L1-
L1-
L1-
L1L2+
Ch5
L2-
L2-
L2L2+
Ch8
L2-
0V
380
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 156 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO815
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
DO815
+24V
0V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
L1+
Ch1
S2 16
16
O2
L1-
Ch2
S3 4
L1+
O1
L1-
Ch2
S4 17
17
Ch3
S5 5
O3
L1-
Ch3
S6 18
18
L1+
Ch4
S7 6
O4
L1L2+
Ch4
S8 19
19
Ch5
S9 7
Ch5
S10 20
20
Ch6
S11 8
L2+
Ch6
S12 21
21
O6
L2-
Ch7
S13 9
Ch7
S14 22
22
Ch8
S15 10
10
Ch8
S16 23
23
+24V
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
L1+
O5
L2-
L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L2-
0V
EM
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
381
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 157 shows the process connections for the DO815 when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO815
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
+24V
L1-
0V
L1+
O1
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
C2
B2
A2
Ch2
C3
B3
A3
Ch3
C4
B4
A4
Ch4
C5
B5
A5
Ch5
C6
B6
A6
Ch6
C7
B7
A7
Ch7
C8
B8
A8
Ch8
L1-
L1+
O2
L1-
L1-
L1+
O3
L1-
L1-
L1+
O4
L1L2+
O5
L2-
L1-
L2-
L2+
O6
L2-
L2-
L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L2-
EM
L2-
L2+
+24V
L2-
0V
Figure 157. DO815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
382
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
8 isolated channels.
F
R
W
O
1
2
3
Description
4
5
6
7
8
DO820
Relay 24 - 250V
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the
24 V distributed on the ModuleBus, gives an error
signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning LED
turns on. The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus. This supervision can
be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
3BSE020924-510 A
383
Appendix A Specifications
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU, TU811
Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to the
devices without additional terminals. The extended MTUs, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTUs, TU837, provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NO)
Voltage range
5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
3A
5 mA
9 ms
5 ms
2000
384
Mechanical
>20 x 106
Electrical
>1 x 106
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus)
60 mA
140 mA
2.9 W
Power supervision
Isolation
AD
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
385
Appendix A Specifications
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
WARNING
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
OSP
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
CH 2
O 2.2
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
FAULT
RUN
.
.
.
O 8.1
EEPROM
CH 8
O 8.2
386
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU836
Terminal
TU837
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output
B1
B1
11 (fused)
B1
Ch 1.2 Output
A1
A1
12
A1 (fused)
Ch 2.1 Output
C2
B2
21 (fused)
B2
Ch 2.2 Output
A2
A2
22
A2 (fused)
Ch 3.1 Output
B3
B3
31 (fused)
B3
Ch 3.2 Output
A3
A3
32
A3 (fused)
Ch 4.1 Output
C4
B4
41 (fused)
B4
Ch 4.2 Output
A4
A4
42
A4 (fused)
Ch 5.1 Output
B5
B5
51 (fused)
B5
Ch 5.2 Output
A5
A5
52
A5 (fused)
Ch 6.1 Output
C6
B6
61 (fused)
B6
Ch 6.2 Output
A6
A6
62
A6 (fused)
Ch 7.1 Output
B7
B7
71 (fused)
B7
Ch 7.2 Output
A7
A7
72
A7 (fused)
Ch 8.1 Output
C8
B8
81 (fused)
B8
Ch 8.2 Output
A8
A8
82
A8 (fused)
Process Power
Source 1
L1, N1
Process Power
Source 2
L2, N2
3BSE020924-510 A
387
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 159 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO820
when installed on a TU831 Extended MTU.
DO820
TU831
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
388
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 160 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a
TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU.
DO820
TU811/TU813
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
C2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
C4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
C6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
C8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
Figure 160. DO820 with TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
389
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 161 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO820
TU836
Process
L1
L1
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
11
12
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
21
22
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
31
32
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
41
42
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
51
52
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
61
62
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
71
72
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
81
82
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
L2
L2
EM
N2
N2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
390
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 162 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a
TU837 Extended MTU.
TU837
DO820
ZP1
O 1.1
O 1.2
Process
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
N1
N1
11
12
13
14
B1
A1
Ch1.1
B2
A2
Ch2.1
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
3.15A
O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A
O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A
O 4.1
O 4.2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
3.15A
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
B5
A5
O 5.1
O 5.2
3.15A
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
3.15A
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
3.15A
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
EM
ZP2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
25
26
27
28
N2
N2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
391
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
8 isolated channels.
O
1
2
3
Description
4
5
6
7
8
DO821
392
NC 24 - 250V
Caution
Since the module has normally closed
relay contacts the field power must be
removed before replacement.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU, TU811
Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to the
devices without additional terminals. The extended MTU, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTU, TU837 provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NC)
Voltage range
5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
3A
5 mA
9 ms
5 ms
2000
>20 x 106
Electrical
>1 x 106
3BSE020924-510 A
393
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus)
60 mA
140 mA
2.9 W
Power supervision
Isolation
CA
250 V
2000 V a.c.
394
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
CH 2
O 2.2
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
OSP
.
.
.
O 8.1
EEPROM
CH 8
O 8.2
3BSE020924-510 A
395
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
396
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU836
Terminal
TU837
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output
B1
B1
11 (fused)
B1
Ch 1.2 Output
A1
A1
12
A1 (fused)
Ch 2.1 Output
C2
B2
21 (fused)
B2
Ch 2.2 Output
A2
A2
22
A2 (fused)
Ch 3.1 Output
B3
B3
31 (fused)
B3
Ch 3.2 Output
A3
A3
32
A3 (fused)
Ch 4.1 Output
C4
B4
41 (fused)
B4
Ch 4.2 Output
A4
A4
42
A4 (fused)
Ch 5.1 Output
B5
B5
51 (fused)
B5
Ch 5.2 Output
A5
A5
52
A5 (fused)
Ch 6.1 Output
C6
B6
61 (fused)
B6
Ch 6.2 Output
A6
A6
62
A6 (fused)
Ch 7.1 Output
B7
B7
71 (fused)
B7
Ch 7.2 Output
A7
A7
72
A7 (fused)
Ch 8.1 Output
C8
B8
81 (fused)
B8
Ch 8.2 Output
A8
A8
82
A8 (fused)
Process Power
Source 1
L1, N1
Process Power
Source 2
L2, N2
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 164 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO821
when installed on a TU831 Extended MTU.
DO821
TU831
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
397
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 165 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a
TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU.
DO821
TU811/TU813
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
C2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
C4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
C6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
C8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
Figure 165. DO821 with TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU Process Connections
398
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 166 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO821
TU836
Process
L1
L1
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
11
12
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
21
22
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
31
32
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
41
42
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
51
52
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
61
62
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
71
72
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
81
82
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
L2
L2
EM
N2
N2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
399
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 167 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a
TU837 Extended MTU.
DO821
TU837
ZP1
Process
230V
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
3.15A
O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A
O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A
11
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
12
Bridging
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
13
B4
A4
O 4.1
O 4.2
3.15A
3.15A
O 6.1
O 6.2
3.15A
O 7.1
O 7.2
3.15A
3.15A
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
26
Bridging
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
27
28
N2
ZP2
230V
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
25
B8
A8
O 8.1
O 8.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
14
B5
A5
O 5.1
O 5.2
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
230V
230V
N2
EM
400
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
F
R
W
O
Description
DO840
24V, 0.5A
Each output channel consists of a current limited and over temperature protected
high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output
state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO840 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicate output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
External channel error is reported if process power is low and channel has over load.
Internal channel error is reported if output driver or main power switch has failed.
3BSE020924-510 A
401
Appendix A Specifications
402
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8)
Type of output
Voltage range
19.2 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.5 A
<10 a
Loop monitoring
<0.3 V
130 mA
4.3 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 A
403
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
MTU keying code
CE
50 V
500 V a.c.
FAULT
RUN-N
WARN-N
OSP
MSL_txd
MSL OUT
MSL_rxd1
MSL IN
MBI
FPGA
UP1 UP2
OUT1-8 DO Circuits
OUT9-16
DO Circuits
CH1-8
CH9-16
UP1 UP2
EM
ZP
404
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
C1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
C3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
C5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
C7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
C8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
C9
3BSE020924-510 A
405
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
C10
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
C11
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
C12
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
C13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
C14
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
C15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
406
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 169 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO840
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO840
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
+24V
O1
O2
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
3BSE020924-510 A
407
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 170 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO840
when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO840
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
Supervise
EM
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
Figure 170. DO840 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
408
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 171 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO840
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO840
Supervise
O1
O2
L1-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
O 13
O 14
L2-
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
O 15
O 16
L2-
+24V UP2 11
11
O3
O4
L1O5
O6
L1O7
O8
L1O9
O 10
L2O 11
O 12
L2-
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
409
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 172 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO840
when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
DO840
Process
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Supervise
+24V
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C13
C14
A13,A14
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C15
C16
A15,A16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
EM
+24V
0V
DO840
Supervise
---
O1
O2
L1-
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM
Figure 172. DO840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
410
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
3BSE020924-510 A
411
Appendix A Specifications
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO880 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicates the output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset when overload/short is removed or manual reset by operator (forcing output off
and on).
The outputs are current protected and protected against over temperature. If load
increases above 0,6A, the output will be switched off and an external channel error
reported.
Four different types of MTUs can be used for single configuration. TU830 Extended
MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant configuration there are two types of MTUs, TU842 for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Self-diagnostic Functions
412
Errors in External power supply and detected field loop fault will be reported as
External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) will be reported as Internal channel error.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
DO880
Digital Output Module
Feature
Number of channels
16
Type of output
Voltage range
19.2 - 32 V
0.5 A
8A @ <55C
<100 A
Loop monitoring
<5 V
<35 mA
<0.8 V
45 mA
55 mA (max)
10 mA
3BSE020924-510 A
413
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
414
Power dissipation
1.25 Hz
Yes
Isolation
Yes
FE
15 ms max
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
415
Appendix A Specifications
FPGA
FS
R
W
CH1
SHUNT
MUX
CH1
CH16
MCU
MUX
CH16
SHUNT
FS
416
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Shielded cables should be used for process connections (over all shield is sufficient
if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Table 88. DO880 Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
C1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
C3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A3
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
C5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
C7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
C8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
C9
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
C10
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
C11
3BSE020924-510 A
417
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
C12
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
C13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
C14
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
C15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
418
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 175 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO880
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
+24V
O1
O2
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
3BSE020924-510 A
419
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 176 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO880
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
EM
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
Figure 176. DO880 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
420
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 177 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO880
O1
O2
L1O3
O4
L1O5
O6
L1O7
O8
L1O9
O 10
L2O 11
O 12
L2O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 A
421
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 178 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
DO880
Process
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C13
C14
A13,A14
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C15
C16
A15,A16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
O9
O 10
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
EM
+24V
0V
DO880
---
O1
O2
L1-
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM
Figure 178. DO880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
422
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Two channels.
Description
F
R
W
O
PX1
UP1
ST1
DI1
SY1
DO1
TP1
UL1
PX2
UP2
ST2
DI2
SY2
DO2
TP2
UL2
Transducer Connection
Each channel has four inputs (A, B, ST and DI) and one
output (DO). The input signals A and B are used as pulse
inputs. The input signals ST and DI is used for
synchronizing, sampling and gated count purposes.
DP820
The balanced inputs A, B and ST can be connected to pulse transducers with RS422,
5 V, 12 V, 24 V and 13 mA signal levels if an extended MTU is used (TU830).
Adaption to different signal levels is made by using different terminals on the MTU
(see section about process connection).
3BSE020924-510 A
423
Appendix A Specifications
Pulse transducers with RS422, 5 V, 12V, 24V and 13 mA signal levels can be used if
an compact MTU is used (TU810, TU812 or TU814).
An external resistor is needed for 12V and 24V range when using the compact
MTU (see the process connection diagrams for DP820).
The unipolar input (DI) is intended for 24 V unipolar signal level.
The DO output is a current limited digital output, current sourcing type,
24 V d.c., 0.5 A.
All signals are individually isolated.
All inputs have overvoltage protection. A maximum voltage of 30 V can be
connected without any damages.
Shielded twisted pair cables with characteristic impedance=100 (+/- 25%) ohm shall
be used for connection of transducers with RS422/5 V /13 mA signals.
Input Filter
Each DP820 input has a configurable input filter (see Technical Data). Notice the
following restrictions for selection of filters for inputs A or B:
The 1s filter shall always be used when 12 V and 24 V inputs are used.
Unfiltered inputs can be used if RS422/+5 V /13 mA inputs are used, but cables
between transducers and the DP820 module must then be separated from other
cables to avoid that extra pulses that occur due to EMI.
Pulse Encoding
The following different methods for pulse encoding are supported by DP820:
424
Input A is used for counting up, input B is used for counting down, u/d.
Input A is used for pulse counting, input B is used to determine count direction,
c/d, B=0: down, B=1: up.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
. 00
. 11
10
10
11
00
01
01
00
11
10
10
...
...
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
-1
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
-1
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
3
UP
DOWN
3BSE020924-510 A
425
Appendix A Specifications
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
UP
-1
DOWN
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
UP
13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
DOWN
426
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value or freezed value)
is read by the CPU, and transferred to the controller.
The pulse counter is synchronized (that is, set to zero) if a user selectable
synchronization condition is fulfilled.
A comparator is used to compare the value of the pulse counter with the content of
the compare register. The value of the compare register is specified by the user. A
coincidence occur when a equal condition is detected by the comparator.
The coincidence function can be used to control the digital output signal (DO), as
pulse count sample condition, as synchronization condition and as frequency sample
condition (see below).
The pulse counter has overflow detection.
Gated Count Mode
In gated count mode the pulse counter only counts when the gate is active. The gate
is controlled by the DI input. The gate can be controlled in two different ways:
The DI input is level sensitive, that is, the counter only counts when DI = high.
The DI input is edge sensitive, that is, the counter starts count on a positive edge on
the DI input, stops on the next positive edge, continues on the next positive edge,
and so forth.
A
Level sensitive
DI
Counter
Value
Edge sensitive
DI
Counter
Value
3BSE020924-510 A
427
Appendix A Specifications
Synchronization and sample conditions which uses the DI signal as part of the
condition can not be used in gated count mode.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.
The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters (see block diagram). The SX counter is used to count number of pulses
(Sx) from the unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number
of pulses (Sr) from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The
frequency value (Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 24 bit up/down counter (23 bit + sign). The SR
counter is implemented by a 24 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period. The
measurement period can be determined in two different ways (user selectable):
By a measurement interval timer.
By the coincidence comparator function.
With the first method is a measurement interval for each channel defined by the user
in increments of 1 ms from 1 to 2.700 ms. By changing the measurement interval
the user can select a suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the
applications requirements.
With the second method is the measure interval controlled by the coincidence
function, that is, a measurement interval is started when a coincidence is detected.
Next coincidence terminates the measurement interval, and starts a new
measurement interval.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
It is possible to synchronize frequency measurements between the two channels,
that is, the measurement period from one of the channels is then used by both
channels.
A frequency sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the SX and SR registers freezed. The value in
428
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
the SX and SR registers will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is
received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in the SX and SR counters
continues during the time when the SX and SR registers is frozen
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 4.3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Digital Output
2.
The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE =1, and inactivated after a
configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms). The function is retriggable.
3.
4.
The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur and the DOVALUE
=1, and inactivated when DOVALUE=0.
1.
DO
COINC
2.
DO
DOVALUE=1
3.
DO
DOVALUE=1
4.
DOVALUE=0
DO
COINC and DOVALUE=1
DOVALUE=0
3BSE020924-510 A
429
Appendix A Specifications
OSP Function
The digital outputs will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer
expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is retriggered every time the correct module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If
the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received, the module
enters the OSP state.
The function in OSP state, and when reentering the operational state, will be
different depending on how the DO function is configured (see Digital Output 1 - 4
above):
1.
Function in OSP state: No more pulses will be activated as long as the module
remains in OSP state. The DO pulse is always completed if the OSP-state is
entered during an active DO pulse (this is, the pulse width is always in
accordance with the DOTIME value).
Function when reentering operational state: The coincidence function has to be
enabled before normal DO function will start.
2.
3.
Function in OSP state: The digital outputs are set to their OSP values which
can be configured as a predefined value or to use last good value sent.
Function when reentering operational state: The outputs keeps the OSP value
until a modulebus frame with a new DOVALUE value is received.
4.
Same as 3.
LED Indicators
For description about the LED-indicators with comments see Table 89.
Table 89. Description of LED-Indicators
430
Name
Name
Color
Comments
PX1
PX2
Yellow
UP1
UP2
Yellow
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Name
Color
Comments
ST1
ST2
Yellow
DI1
DI2
Yellow
SY1
SY2
Yellow
DO1
DO2
Yellow
TP1
TP2
Green
Transducer power OK
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
24 V d.c.
(12 to 32 V d.c.)
30 V d.c.
200 m
Cable type
Characteristic impedance
Unfiltered or 1 s
Input ST
1 s or 220 s
Input DI
220 s or 2.2 ms
3BSE020924-510 A
431
Appendix A Specifications
DP820
Digital Pulse Counter
Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d
Pulse encoding = quadrature
Not allowed
200 kHz / 2.5 s
100 kHz / 5 s
Not allowed
200 kHz / 2.5 s
100 kHz / 5 s
432
Filter = 220 s
1 kHz / 500 s
Filter = 2.2 ms
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
1 k
2 k
2.5 k
2.5 V to 30 V
-30 V to 1.0 V
12 V - range (external
resistance)(2)
8 V to 30 V
-30 V to 2.0 V
0
24 V - range (only
TU830)(3)
15 V to 30 V
-30 V to 5.0 V
Input DI
1
15 V to 30 V
-30 V to 5.0 V
0.5 A
2.4 A
10 A
0.4
3BSE020924-510 A
433
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
Max. frequency measurement error
Relative error
(260/(MEASTIMEx in ms))
+100 ppm
120 mA
Power dissipation
2.5 W
Isolation
CB
50 V
500 V a.c.
434
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X1
CHANNEL1 (FPGA)
COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
MBI2
(MODULE
BUS
COMM.)
DAT- RS485
CLK+
CLK- RS485
POS0-6
BLOCK
COMPARE
REGISTER
COINC COINC
COMP
FREQUENCY
COUNT
SX
SX
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER
CHANNEL2 (FPGA)
OSP
PX1
PX2
UP1
UP2
ST1
ST2
CPU
DI2 (CONTROL
OF MODULE
SY1 SY2 BUS COMM.)
DO1 DO2
(FREQUENCY
TP1 TP2 CALC.)
PULSE COUNT
COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
COMPARE
REGISTER
COINC COINC
COMP
DI1
UL2
FREQUENCY
COUNT
SX
SX
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER
A1
PULSE
DECODER
B1
ST1
DI1
DO1
A2
B2
PULSE
DECO- ST2
DER
DI2
DO2
TP2
L1+
X2
CA+_1
CA-_1
VA_11, VA_12
CB+_1
CB-_1
VB_11, VB_12
CST+_1
CST-_1
VST_11, VST_12
DI_1
DO_1
CA+_2
CA-_2
VA_21, VA_22
PROCESS CONNECTOR
DAT+
UL1
TP1
PULSE COUNT
RESET
MODULEBUS CONNECTOR
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
CB+_2
CB-_2
VB_21, VB_22
CST+_2
CST-_2
VST_21, VST_22
DI_2
DO_2
L2+
3BSE020924-510 A
435
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
436
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch1, CA+
C1
C1
Ch1, CA-
B1
16
C2
Ch1, VA_1
B1
Ch1, VA_2
B2
Ch1, Zp
A1
A1, A2
Ch1, CB+
C2
C3
Ch1, CB-
B2
17
C4
Ch1, VB_1
B3
Ch1, VB_2
B4
Ch1, Zp
A2
A3, A4
Ch1, CST+
C3
C5
Ch1, CST-
B3
18
C6
Ch1, VST_1
B5
Ch1, VST_2
B6
Ch1, Zp
A3
A5, A6
Ch1, DI
C4
C7
Ch1, DO
B4
19
C8
Ch1, L1+
B7
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch1, L1+
B8
Ch1, Zp
A4
A7, A8
Ch2, CA+
C5
C9
Ch2, CA-
B5
20
C10
Ch2, VA_1
B9
Ch2, VA_2
B10
Ch2, Zp
A5
A9, A10
Ch2, CB+
C6
C11
Ch2, CB-
B6
21
C12
Ch2, VB_1
B11
Ch2, VB_2
B12
Ch2, Zp
A6
A11, A12
Ch2, CST+
C7
C13
Ch2, CST-
B7
22
C14
Ch2, VST_1
B13
Ch2, VST_2
B14
Ch2, Zp
A7
A13, A14
Ch2, DI
C8
10
C15
Ch2, DO
B8
23
C16
Ch2, L2+
B15
Ch2, L2+
B16
Ch2, Zp
A8
A15, A16
3BSE020924-510 A
437
Appendix A Specifications
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
438
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 187 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU810 or
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS
RS422
+24V
0V
V+
0V
+
A
-
L1+
L1+
L1C1
+24V
0V
B1
A1
+
B
-
+
ST
-
V+
0V
A
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
DP820
CA-_1
VA_12
C2
CB+_1
VB_11
B2
A2
CB-_1
VB_12
C3
CST+_1
VST_11
B3
A3
CST-_1
VST_12
C4
DI_1
L1+
B4
DO_1
L1+
A4
TU810 or
TU814
*
R
C5
CA+_2
VA_21
B5
CA-_2
VA_22
A5
B
R
ST
R
V+
0V
R = 0 for 5 V
R = ca 920 for 12 V
R = 1.8 k for 24 V
+24V
0V
C6
CB+_2
VB_21
B6
A6
CB-_2
VB_22
C7
CST+_2
VST_21
B7
A7
CST-_2
VST_22
C8
DI_2
L2+
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
DO_2
L2+
L2+
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
439
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 188 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU812
MTU.
PROCESS
CONNECTION
14
2
15
3
14
2
15
3
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
16
16
CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11
17
17
CB-_1
VB_12
CST+_1
VST_11
18
18
CST-_1
VST_12
DI_1
L1+
19
19
DO_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
20
20
CA-_2
VA_22
CB+_2
VB_21
21
21
CB-_2
VB_22
CST+_2
VST_21
22
22
CST-_2
VST_22
10
10
23
11
24
12
25
13
23
11
24
12
25
13
DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L2+
L2+
L2-
TU812
DP820
EM
440
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 189 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830
MTU, and with RS422 transducer connected to channel 1 and +5 V transducer to
channel 2.
L1+
+24V L1+
L10V
L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
PROCESS
RS422
+
A
-
TU830/TU833
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
+
B
+
ST
-
CB-_1
VB_12
CST+_1
VST_11
CST-_1
VST_12
DI_1
L1+
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
5V
V+
0V
A
DO_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
CA-_2
VA_22
CB+_2
VB_21
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
ST
V+
0V
+24V
0V
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP820
CB-_2
VB_22
CST+_2
VST_21
CST-_2
VST_22
DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L2+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 189. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and with Transducer
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
441
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 190 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830 MTU,
and with +24 V transducer connected to channel 1 and +12 V transducer to channel 2.
PROCESS
L1+
+24V L1+
L1L10V
C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
24V
A
CB+_1
VB_11
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
CST+_1
VST_11
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
DI_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
1.8k
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
CB+_2
VB_21
1.8k
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
CST+_2
VST_21
1.8k
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI_2
L2+
ST
12V
A
ST
0V
+24V
0V
DP820
CA-_1
VA_12
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
V+
TU830/TU833
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
6.3A
Fuse
CB-_1
VB_12
CST-_1
VST_12
DO_1
L1+
CA-_2
VA_22
CB-_2
VB_22
CST-_2
VST_22
DO_2
L2+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 190. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and Transducer
Connections
442
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
8 channels.
F
R
W
PRIM
1Px
1F
2Px
2F
3Px
3F
4Px
4F
5Px
5F
6Px
6F
7Px
Description
7F
8Px
8F
DP840
Pulse/Freq
Transmitter power supply error, power supply error (process side), short circuit
and open wire. These errors will be reported as External Channel Error.
3BSE020924-510 A
443
Appendix A Specifications
In addition to the four module LEDs, DP840 has two LEDs per channel that indicate
input state (Px - yellow) and channel fault (F - red). The Px LED glows if there is
pulse (high signal) on the input, and F LED glows if the channel is faulty.
Transducer Connection
Each channel has inputs for 12 V, 24 V and NAMUR input signals and a
configurable transducer power output. The configurable transducer power is set on
module (not channel vise) for all channels to either NAMUR, 12 V or 24V.
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited. The inputs can be supervised
for short circuit and open wire. The supervision can be enabled/disabled per module
(not channel vise).
The transducers should be connected by shielded twisted pair cable if the used filter
time is less than 800s.
The MTU have to be chosen with consideration to function and signal range, see
Table 92. Type of sensor to be used is defined by parameters.
The parameter set the sensor power output for NAMUR sensors to 8.2 V, for 12 V
sensors to 12 V and for 24 V sensors to 24 V.
Table 92. Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs
Redundant configuration
MTU type
Namur
sensors
12 V
sensors
24 V
sensors
Single configuration
Namur
sensors
TU810/TU812/TU814
TU830
TU842/TU843
TU844/TU845
12 V
sensors
24 V
sensors
X
The parameter for internal and external shunt shall only be set to External when
DP840 is used with TU844 or TU845.
444
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 16 bit pulse counter. The pulse
counter value is continuously loaded into the pulse register.
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value) is read by the CPU,
and transferred to the ModuleBus master.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.
The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters. The SX counter is used to count number of pulses (Sx) from the
unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number of pulses (Sr)
from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The frequency value (Fx) is
calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 12 bit up-counter. The SR counter is
implemented by a 20 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period.
The measurement interval for each channel defined by the user to 10 ms, 20 ms,
50 ms or 100 ms. By changing the measurement interval the user can select a
suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the applications requirements.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Redundant Applications
In a redundant application one module is set to primary and one to backup. The
primary module synchronize the counter on the backup module every 10 seconds.
After start-up it will take about 30 s before the backup has been synchronized.
3BSE020924-510 A
445
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Feature
Number of channels
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V d.c.)
30 V d.c.
200 m
Cable type
Twisted pair(1)
10 s input filter: 10 s
100 s input filter: 100 s
800 s input filter: 800 s
6400 s input filter: 6400 s
446
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
20 kHz(3)
Hysteresis
Input impedance
NAMUR: 1 k, +/-10%
12 V range: 2.8 k, +/-10%
24 V range: 4.0 k, +/-10%
38 mA +- 10%
Input threshold, 24 V
Synchronization accuracy
+/-1 pulse
3BSE020924-510 A
447
Appendix A Specifications
Feature
External power supply consumption
(Internal load + external load)
Power dissipation
4W
1 channel
TU842/TU843 or TU844/TU845
CF
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
448
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
5VP
Fault (F)
Sensor
Power
Run (R)
Warning (W)
SP
24V
Ch 1
12V
NAMUR
Primary (P)
1Px
1F
+5V
FPGA
Int Shunt
SP
24V
Ch 8
12V
NAMUR
OW
SC
det
ModuleBus
8Px
8F
CLK
Data
MCU
Block
SYNC
SYNC DATA
3BSE020924-510 A
449
Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Process
Connection
450
TU810 or
TU814
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector(1)
TU830 or
TU833
Terminal
TU842 or
TU843
Terminal
TU844 or
TU845
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
I1, NAMUR
C1
C1
C1
B2
U1
B1
B1
B1
ZP
A1
A1
A1
I1, 24 V
B1
16
C2
C2
I1, 12 V
B2
B2
ZP
A1
A2
A2
A2
I2, NAMUR
C2
C3
C3
B4
U2
B3
B3
B3
ZP
A3
A3
A3
I2, 24 V
B2
17
C4
C4
I2, 12 V
B4
B4
ZP
A2
A4
A4
A4
I3, NAMUR
C3
C5
C5
B6
U3
B5
B5
B5
ZP
A5
A5
A5
I3, 24 V
B3
18
C6
C6
I3, 12 V
B6
B6
ZP
A3
A6
A6
A6
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810 or
TU814
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector(1)
TU830 or
TU833
Terminal
TU842 or
TU843
Terminal
TU844 or
TU845
Terminal
I4, NAMUR
C4
C7
C7
B8
U4
B7
B7
B7
ZP
A7
A7
A7
I4, 24 V
B4
19
C8
C8
I4, 12 V
B8
B8
ZP
A4
A8
A8
A8
I5, NAMUR
C5
C9
C9
B10
U5
B9
B9
B9
ZP
A9
A9
A9
I5, 24 V
B5
20
C10
C10
I5, 12 V
B10
B10
ZP
A5
A10
A10
A10
I6, NAMUR
C6
C11
C11
B12
U6
B11
B11
B11
ZP
A11
A11
A11
I6, 24 V
B6
21
C12
C12
I6, 12 V
B12
B12
ZP
A6
A12
A12
A12
I7, NAMUR
C7
C13
C13
B14
U7
B13
B13
B13
ZP
A13
A13
A13
3BSE020924-510 A
451
Appendix A Specifications
Process
Connection
TU810 or
TU814
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector(1)
TU830 or
TU833
Terminal
TU842 or
TU843
Terminal
TU844 or
TU845
Terminal
I7, 24 V
B7
22
C14
C14
I7, 12 V
B14
B14
ZP
A7
A14
A14
A14
I8, NAMUR
C8
10
C15
C15
B16
U8
B15
B15
B15
ZP
A15
A15
A15
I8, 24 V
B8
23
C16
C16
I8, 12 V
B16
B16
ZP
A8
A16
A16
A16
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
452
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 192 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU810 or
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
TU810/TU814
L1+
L1+
L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
C3
B3
24 V
sensor
3-wire
A3
C4
B4
10 k
33 k
SC/OW
supervision
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
NAMUR
sensor
B6
A6
C7
B7
8.2 V
Supply
A7
C8
Ch
ann
el
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
453
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 193 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU812
MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
TU812
1
14
2, 15
3
16
4
17
5
18
24 V
sensor
3-wire
19
10 k
33 k
SC/OW
supervision
20
NAMUR
sensor
21
22
8.2 V
Supply
10
23
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
11
24
12, 25
13
EM
454
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 194 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU830
MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
24 V
sensor
3-wire
1)
12 V
sensor
2-wire
1)
NAMUR
sensor
1)
4.7 k
SC/OW 2)
supervision
15 k
1)
10 k
12 V
SC/OW 2)
supervision
33 k
24 V
L1+ TU830/TU833
L1+
L1L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
455
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 195 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU842 or
TU843 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
24 V
sensor
3-wire
1)
12 V
sensor
2-wire
L1+
L1+
L1L1C1
B1
A1,A2
C2
B2
C3
B3
A3,A4
C4
B4
C5
B5
A5,A6
C6
B6
C7
B7
A7,A8
C8
B8
C9
B9
A9,A10
C10
B10
C11
B11
A11,A12
C12
B12
C13
B13
A13,A14
C14
B14
C15
B15
A15,A16
C16
B16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
456
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Figure 196 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU844 or
TU845 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
NAMUR
sensor
4.7 k
1)
15 k
12 V
SC/OW
supervision
10 k
1)
33 k
24V
SC/OW
supervision
TU844 or TU845
L1+
L1+
L1L1Shunt
sticks
B1
B2
A1,A2
B3
B4
A3,A4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
A11,A12
B13
B14
A13,A14
B15
B16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP840
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
U2
I2, NAMUR
ZP
U3
I3, NAMUR
ZP
U4
I4, NAMUR
ZP
U5
I5, NAMUR
ZP
U6
I6, NAMUR
ZP
U7
I7, NAMUR
ZP
U8
I8, NAMUR
ZP
EM
DP840
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
U8
I8, NAMUR
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
457
Appendix A Specifications
Description
The TU805 is a 16 channel 50 V terminal unit for the S800L I/O modules DI801
and DO801. The Terminal Unit is a passive unit for distribution of external process
power.
The module has 2 x 2 connections for external power and 2 x 16 connections for
distribution.
Technical Data
Value
18
2 x 2 Process power terminals
2 x 16 Process power distribution
terminals
458
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Solid: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2,
24- 16 AWG
Recommended torque
0.3 Nm
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
459
Appendix A Specifications
+
L
L
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
24 V
L+
L-
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
L
L
460
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
A
E
F
A
B
C
B
C
E
F
Features
Description
Row C
Row B
Row A
L1+C1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C8 L2+
L1+B1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B8 L2+
L1- A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8 L2-
The TU810/TU810V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
3BSE020924-510 A
461
Appendix A Specifications
current is 2A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, one process voltage connection
and 5 common L- connections.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
462
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
30
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power
5 x 2 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
3BSE020924-510 A
463
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Height
Weight
Connections
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1+
A1 (L1-)
B1
C1
2 (L1-)
3 (L1-)
4 (L1-)
5 (L2-)
6 (L2-)
7 (L2-)
A8 (L2-)
B8
C8
L2-
L2+
L2+
10
464
Row A
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
UP1
EM
ZP1
I1
ZP1
I1 1
I 21
I2
BLOCK
ZP1 1
I3
I4 2
ZP12
2
/
2
/
7
/
I3 2
I4
I5
I5 3
I6 3
I6
I7
I8 4
I8
I9
I 10
I9 5
I 11
I 12
I 11 6
I 13
I 14
I 13 7
I 15
I 15 8
I16
ZP1 3
I7 4
ZP1 4
I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 16 8
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2 8
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
UP2
ZP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
465
Appendix A Specifications
A
E
F
B
C
E
F
Features
A
B
C
Description
466
Row C
Row B
Row A
C 2
B1
4
3
6
5
C8
7 B
A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
The TU811/TU811V1 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated
channels.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
3BSE020924-510 A
467
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
1.5 A
1.5 A
468
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
Row A
Row B
Row C
NC
NC
NC
A1
B1
NC
NC
C2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
NC
C8
10
NC
NC
NC
3BSE020924-510 A
469
Appendix A Specifications
I/O module
B
S1 1
I 1.1
I 1.2
EM
I 2.1
S2 1
S3 2
I 2.2
S4 2
S5 3
I 3.2
BLOCK
I 3.1
I 4.1
S6 3
S7 4
I 4.2
S8 4
S9 5
I 5.1
S10 5
I 5.2
I 6.1
S11 6
I 6.2
S12 6
S13 7
I 7.1
S14 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
I 7.2
I 8.2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
I 8.1
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
470
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
A
E
F
A
B
C
B
C
E
F
Features
Description
3BSE020924-510 A
471
Appendix A Specifications
The TU812/TU812V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O signals. The maximum rated
voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel. The MTU distributes
the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Technical Data
Value
25 pin (male) D-Sub connector
up to 16 I/O signals
472
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution
Maximum 24 V current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
5A
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Position
Row A
UP1
ZP1
S1
S3
S5
S7
S9
473
Appendix A Specifications
474
Position
Row A
S11
S13
10
S15
11
UP2
12
ZP2
13
EM
14
UP1
15
ZP1
16
S2
17
S4
18
S6
19
S8
20
S10
21
S12
22
S14
23
S16
24
UP2
25
ZP2
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
I/O module
UP1
UP1 1
UP1 14
EM
ZP1
ZP1 15
BLOCK
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
ZP1 2
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
Ch15
S15 10
Ch16
S16 23
UP2
UP2 11
ZP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
UP2 24
ZP2 12
ZP2 25
EM
EM 13
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 A
475
Appendix A Specifications
Description
476
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the I/O module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the I/O module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
The TU813 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the
3 snap-in connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Crimp snap-in connectors are not included in TU813.
To provide protection from hazardous voltage, all plugs must be connected.
3BSE020924-510 A
477
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
1.5 A
1.5 A
478
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
2300 V a.c.
1350 V a.c.
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Height
Weight
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU813 (1809792 MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08)
3BSE020924-510 A
479
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
Row A
Row B
Row C
NC
NC
NC
A1
B1
NC
NC
C2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
NC
C8
10
NC
NC
NC
480
3BSE020924-510 A
A
A
D
D
CB CB
FE FE
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
481
Appendix A Specifications
I/O module
B
S1 1
I 1.1
I 1.2
EM
I 2.1
S2 1
S3 2
I 2.2
S4 2
S5 3
S6 3
I 3.2
BLOCK
I 3.1
I 4.1
S7 4
I 4.2
S8 4
S9 5
I 5.1
S10 5
I 5.2
I 6.1
S11 6
I 6.2
S12 6
S13 7
I 7.1
I 8.1
I 8.2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
S14 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
I 7.2
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
482
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
3BSE020924-510 A
A
B
C
E
F
B
C
E
F
Features
Row C
Row B
Row A
483
Appendix A Specifications
used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
The TU814/TU814V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
current is 2 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, 2 process voltage connection and
5 common L- connections.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3
snap-on connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Cable plugs and crimp snap in connectors are not included in TU814/TU814V1.
484
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
30
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power
2 x 5 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
3BSE020924-510 A
485
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Height
Weight
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU814/TU814V1 (1808890 MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08)
486
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1+
A1 (L1-)
B1
C1
2 (L1-)
3 (L1-)
4 (L1-)
5 (L2-)
6 (L2-)
7 (L2-)
A8 (L2-)
B8
C8
L2-
L2+
L2+
10
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
487
A
A
D
D
CB CB
Appendix A Specifications
FE FE
488
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
UP1
EM
ZP1
I1
ZP1
I1 1
I2 1
I2
BLOCK
ZP1 1
I3
I4 2
ZP12
I5
Module Process Connector
2
/
2
/
7
/
I3 2
I4
I5 3
I6 3
I6
I7
I7 4
I8
I9
I 10
I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 5
I 10 5
I 11
I 12
I 11
I 13
I 14
I 13 7
I 15
I 15 8
I 16
ZP1 3
ZP2 5
I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 16 8
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2 8
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
UP2
ZP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
489
Appendix A Specifications
Row C
C1
L1+ L1+ B1 2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
L1- L1- A1
Row B
Features
Row A
E
F
D
E
F
B
C
A
B
C
19 20
11 12 13 14 15 C16
9 10
10 11 12
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
490
Up to 16 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Fuse Holder
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
Module Type
(1)
Configuration
DO810
NA
Depends on load
DO814
NA
Depends on load
DO815
NA
Depends on load
DO840
NA
Depends on load
DO880
NA
Depends on load
DI810
2-wire connection
DI811
2-wire connection
DI814
2-wire connection
DI830
2-wire connection
3BSE020924-510 A
80mA
491
Appendix A Specifications
Module Type
Configuration(1)
DI831
2-wire connection
80mA
DI840
2-wire connection
250mA (L1)
DI880
2-wire connection
315mA (L1)
DI885
2-wire connection
AO810/AO810V2
NA
245 mA
AO815
NA
218 mA
400mA (L1)
AO820
NA
(3)
NA
AO845/AO845A
NA
218 mA
400mA (L1)
AI810
2-wire connection
160mA
AI815
2-wire connection
AI820
2-wire connection
80mA
AI830/AI830A
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI835/AI835A
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI843
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI845
2-wire connection
DP820
NA
Depends on load
Depends on load
DP840
2-wire connection,
NAMUR
200 mA (L1)
492
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Module Type
Configuration(1)
DP840
2-wire connection,
12 V
200mA (L1)
DP840
2-wire connection,
24 V
250mA (L1)
(1) If 3-wire field devices are connected, the internal current consumption must be considered.
(2) Use fuse 5 x 20 mm, Time-Lag.
(3) Unit does not use process power supply.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
3BSE020924-510 A
493
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A
10 x 2 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
494
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
NC
L1-
L1+
NC
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
495
Appendix A Specifications
Row A
Row B
Row C
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
NC
20
L2-
L2+
NC
496
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
C
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
6.3A
UP1
UP1
ZP1
EM
I1
U1
ZP1
ZP1
I1 1
U1 1
ZP11
BLOCK
I2
ZP12
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female
3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
U2 2
I3
U3
I3 3
I4
U4
I4 4
I5
U5
I5 5
I6
U6
I6 6
I7
U7
I7 7
I8
U8
I8 8
I9
U9
I9 9
.
.
.
I16
U16
U3 3
ZP13
U4 4
ZP14
U5 5
ZP15
U6 6
ZP16
U7 7
U8 8
U9 9
I16 16
ZP17
ZP18
ZP29
.
.
.
U1616
ZP216
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
7
/
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
I 22
U2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
UP2
ZP2
EM
6.3A
UP2
UP2
ZP2
ZP2
3BSE020924-510 A
497
Appendix A Specifications
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
B1 2
Up to 8 isolated channels of
field signals.
A
B
C
E
F
B8
A8
E
F
A1 2
Row B
Features
Row A
A
B
C
Description
The TU831/TU831V1 is a 8
channel 250 V extended module
termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive
unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU831/TU831V1 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
498
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
Technical Data
Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
1.5 A
1.5 A
3BSE020924-510 A
36 different combinations
499
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
500
Position
Row A
Row B
A1
B1
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
Position
Row A
Row B
A8
B8
501
Appendix A Specifications
I/O module
O 1.1
S1 1
S2 1
O 1.2
EM
O 2.1
S3 2
S4 2
O 2.2
S5 3
S6 3
O 3.2
O 4.1
Module Process Connector
BLOCK
O 3.1
S7 4
O 4.2
O 5.1
S8 4
S9 5
S10 5
O 5.2
O 6.1
S11 6
O 6.2
O 7.1
S12 6
S13 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
O 7.2
O 8.1
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
O 8.2
S14 7
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
502
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Spring-case terminal.
Description
The TU833 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 A
503
Appendix A Specifications
The TU833 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each group
has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is
2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet the
applications needs, see S800 I/O Getting Started chapter Power and Cooling.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
The process connection terminals are of spring-case type. Only one wire per
terminal is recommended.
504
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A
10 x 2 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
3BSE020924-510 A
505
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Depth
Height
105 mm (4.1)
Weight
Connections
506
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
NC
L1-
L1+
NC
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Row A
Row B
Row C
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
NC
20
L2-
L2+
NC
3BSE020924-510 A
507
Appendix A Specifications
C
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
6.3A
UP1
UP1
ZP1
EM
I1
U1
ZP1
ZP1
I1 1
U1 1
ZP11
BLOCK
I2
U2 2
ZP12
I3
U3
I3 3
I4
U4
I4 4
I5
U5
I5 5
I6
U6
I6 6
I7
U7
I7 7
I8
U8
I8 8
I9
U9
I9 9
.
.
.
I16
U16
U3 3
ZP13
U4 4
ZP14
U5 5
ZP15
U6 6
ZP16
U7 7
U8 8
U9 9
I16 16
ZP17
ZP18
ZP29
.
.
.
U1616
ZP216
+5V
0V
2
/
/
+24V, 0V24
7
/
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
I 22
U2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
UP2
ZP2
EM
6.3A
UP2
UP2
ZP2
ZP2
508
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 8 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Description
The TU834 is a 8 channel module termination unit (MTU) for single S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a vertical or horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU834 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The maximum rated
voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
3BSE020924-510 A
509
Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O modules by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next
MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
Technical Data
Value
40
up to 8 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
510
1.5 A
1.5 A
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Stripping length: 7 mm
Mechanical keys (2+2)
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
511
Appendix A Specifications
512
Row A
Row B
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Shunt stick
ModuleBus
Connector
UP1
L1+
L1+
I/O Module
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
L1L11
2
3
S2
U3
S3
4
5
6
U4
S4
U5
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 A
513
Appendix A Specifications
A
B
C
Mechanical keying
prevents insertion of the
wrong I/O module.
L2- L2-
X12
E
F
Connections to
ModuleBus and I/O
modules.
E
F
B
C
L2+L2+
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 5152 61 62 71 72 8182
X11
L1-L1-
Row B
Up to 8 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
L1+L1+
Row A
Features
X13
Description
514
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The TU835/TU835V1 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections: one fused transducer power terminal and one signal
connection. Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 A
515
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
516
2A
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 current distribution
Maximum 24 V current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Weight
8A
Connections
Row A
Row B
X11 - 1
L1-
L1+
X11 - 2
L1-
L1+
X13 - 1
L2-
L2+
X13 - 2
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
12 (signal)
22 (signal)
32 (signal)
42 (signal)
517
Appendix A Specifications
518
Row A
51 (F5, L2+ power)
10
52 (signal)
11
12
62 (signal)
13
14
72 (signal)
15
16
82 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
I/O module
X11
B
UP1
L1+ 1
L1+ 2
ZP1
EM
L1- 1
L1- 2
X12
A
F1
U1
F2
U2
21 3
22 4
F3
U3
31 5
32 6
F4
U4
41 7
42 8
F5
U5
51 9
52 10
F6
U6
61 11
62 12
F7
U7
71 13
72 14
F8
U8
81 15
82 16
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
X13
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
S8
ZP2
L2+ 1
L2+ 2
L2- 1
L2- 2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
UP2
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
11 1
2
12
S2
BLOCK
S1
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
519
Appendix A Specifications
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
A
B
C
N2 N2
L2 L2
X12
E
F
E
F
B
C
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 51 52 61 62 71 72 81 82
X11
N1 N1
Row B
L1 L1
Row A
Features
X13
Description
520
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each groups consists of 4 I/O connections and process voltage connection.
Each channel has two connections: one fused load outlet terminal and one signal
return connection.
3BSE020924-510 A
521
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
522
10 A
3A
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution
Maximum 24 V current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
Row A
Row B
X11 - 1
N1
L1
X11 - 2
N1
L1
X13 - 1
N2
L2
X13 - 2
N2
L2
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
11 (F1, L1 power)
12 (signal return)
21 (F2, L1 power)
22 (signal return)
31 (F3, L1 power)
32 (signal return)
41 (F4, L1 power)
523
Appendix A Specifications
524
Row A
42 (signal return)
51 (F5, L2 power)
10
52 (signal return)
11
61 (F6, L2 power)
12
62 (signal return)
13
71 (F7, L2 power)
14
72 (signal return)
15
81 (F8, L2 power)
16
82 (signal return)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
X11
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
L1 1
L1 2
ZP1
N1 1
EM
N1 2
X12
A
F1 S11
S1
BLOCK
12
F2 S21
21 3
22 4
S2
S3
F3 S31
31 5
32 6
S4
F4 S41
41 7
42 8
S5
F5 S51
51 9
52 10
S6
F6 S61
61
62
11
12
S7
F7 S71
71
72
13
14
S8
F8 S81
81
82
15
16
3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
7
/
11 1
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
X13
B
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
L2 1
L2 2
N2 1
N2 2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
525
Appendix A Specifications
B1
N1 11 12
A1
Up to 8 individually
isolated channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Fuse
Holders
X11
N1 13 14
Row B
Row A
Features
2
3
3
4
D
E
F
A
B
C
B8
25 26 N2
A
B
C
27 28 N2
A8
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
E
F
X12
X13
Description
526
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The TU837/TU837V1 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections, one is fused. There are 2 individually isolated groups for
signal return connections.
3BSE020924-510 A
527
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
28
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
2 x 6 power common terminals
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
Return connection
528
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
2000 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
Row B
Terminal
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
ZP1
N1
ZP1
N1
ZP1
13
ZP1
11
ZP1
14
ZP1
12
Row B
Terminal
3BSE020924-510 A
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
ZP2
27
ZP2
25
ZP2
28
ZP2
26
ZP2
N2
ZP2
N2
529
Appendix A Specifications
Row B
Terminal
530
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
S21 (F1)
A1
S1
B1
S41 (F2)
S3
S61 (F3)
S5
S81 (F4)
S7
S101 (F5)
S9
S121 (F6)
S11
S141 (F7)
S13
S161 (F8)
A8
S15
B8
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
B
TU837
X11
I/O module
N1 1
X12
B
S1
S2
N1 1
ZP1
B1 1
F1
A1 1
S21
EM
11 2
S3
S4
2 2
F2
2 2
S41
S6
3 3
F3
3 3
S61
13 2
Module Process Connector
BLOCK
12 3
S5
S7
S8
4 4
F4
S81
4 4
14 3
5 5
S9
S10
F5
5 5
S101
25 1
S11
S12
6 6
F6
S121
6 6
26 2
S14
7 7
F7 S141
27 1
S16
B8 8
F8
S161
A8 8
28 2
0V
+5V
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POWOK
S15
POS 0 - 6
7 7
3
/
2
/
7
/
S13
EM
ZP2
N2 3
B
X13
3BSE020924-510 A
531
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 16 channels of field
signals and 8 process power
connections.
Module
connector
Row B
Row A
Fuse
Holders
L1
+
L1
L1
+
L1
-
B
1
A
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
11
E
F
10
12
11
13
B
C
12
13
E
F
14
14
15
15
A
16
B
C
B
16
L2
+
L2
+
L2
-
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
L2
-
532
Screw terminals
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Description
The TU838 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU838 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is
50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, four fused transducer power outlets,
four return connections and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports
that.
3BSE020924-510 A
533
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
40
up to 16 I/O channels
8 fused sensor power outlets
4 Process power
12 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
3A
Fuse (8)
534
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Width
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row B
A1 (F1, L1+)
B1 (signal)
A2 (L1-)
B2 (signal)
A3 (F2, L1+)
B3 (signal)
A4 (L1-)
B4 (signal)
A5 (F3, L1+)
B5 (signal)
A6 (L1-)
B6 (signal)
A7 (F4, L1+)
B7 (signal)
A8 (L1-)
B8 (signal)
A9 (F5, L2+)
B9 (signal)
A10 (L2-)
B10 (signal)
B11 (signal)
535
Appendix A Specifications
536
Row B
A12 (L2-)
B12 (signal)
B13 (signal)
A14 (L2-)
B14 (signal)
B15 (signal)
A16 (L2-)
B15 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
B
UP1
ZP1
L1+ 1
L1- 1
L1+ 2
EM
S1
S2
S3
BLOCK
S4
S5
S7
Module Process Connector
S6
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
/ 3
3
/
B1 3
F1 U1
B2 4
B3 5
F2 U2
B4 6
B5 7
F3 U3
B6 8
B7 9
F4 U4
B8 10
B9 11
F5 U5
B1012
L1- 2
A1 3
A2 4
A3 5
A4 6
A5 7
A6 8
A7 9
A8 10
A9 11
A10 12
B1113
F6 U6
A11 13
B1214
A12 14
B1315
F7 U7
A13 15
B1416
A14 16
B1517
F8 U8
A15 17
B1618
A16 18
L2+ 19
L2- 19
L2+ 20
L2- 20
0V
2
/
S16
UP2
ZP2
+5V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
7
/
S15
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
537
Appendix A Specifications
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
Row C
Row B
C1
B1
L1 L1
A1
Row A
Features
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
B
C
E
F
A
B
C
C8
B8
A8
19 20
L2 L2
Description
E
F
Fuse Holder
The TU839 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and two groups of connections for
sensor power distribution. Each channel has two I/O connections. The process
voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups for sensor power
distribution. Each group has a 200 mA fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 250 V
538
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
and maximum rated current is 1 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse
rating be chosen to meet the applications needs.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
3BSE020924-510 A
539
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
28
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
2x6 Process Power terminals 0.2 A
1A
10 A
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution
Maximum 24 V current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
36 different combinations.
Equipment class
Protection rating
250 V
Width
540
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
Signal
3BSE020924-510 A
Row B
Marking
Row C
Signal
Marking
NC
UP1
L1
NC
UP1
L1
S2
U1
B1
NC
S4
NC
S6
NC
S8
10
NC
11
S10
12
NC
13
S12
14
NC
A1
NC
2
U1
U1
U1
U2
U2
NC
S3
S5
S7
NC
5
NC
6
C1
NC
NC
5
S1
NC
NC
4
Marking
NC
NC
3
Signal
S9
NC
6
S11
NC
541
Appendix A Specifications
Row B
Row C
Position(1)
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
15
S14
U2
S13
16
NC
17
S16
18
NC
NC
19
NC
UP2
L2
20
NC
UP2
L2
NC
A8
U2
NC
B8
S15
C8
NC
542
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
C
F1 UP1
TU839
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
L1 1
I/O module
L1 2
U1
B1 3
C1 1
S1
A1 3
S2
EM
2 5
2 3
S3
2 5
S4
3 7
3 5
BLOCK
S5
3 7
4 9
4 7
S7
Module Process Connector
S6
S8
4 9
5 11
S9
5 9
5 11
S10
6 13
6 11
S11
6 13
S12
7 15
7 13
S13
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
S14
7 15
B8 17
S15
C8 15
EM
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S16
A8 17
U2
L2 19
F2
L2 20
UP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 A
543
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 16 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
Description
The TU842 is a 16 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
544
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The TU842 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
3BSE020924-510 A
545
Appendix A Specifications
Value
546
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
547
Appendix A Specifications
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
L1+
L1+
B
ZP
L1L1-
S1
U1
S2
U2
S3
U3
S4
U4
S5
U5
S6
U6
S7
U7
S8
U8
S9
U9
S10
U10
10
S11
U11
11
S12
U12
12
S13
U13
13
S14
U14
14
S15
U15
15
S16
U16
16
1
1
2
2
3
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
UP2
EM
13
14
14
15
15
16
L2+
L2+
16
L2L2-
- - - - - -
I/O Module B
BLOCK
MSL
UP1
ZP
S1
U1
13
S16
U16
UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
548
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 16 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
Description
The TU843 is a 16 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 A
549
Appendix A Specifications
The TU843 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each the I/O module and to the
next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Four mechanical keys, two for each module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
550
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
3BSE020924-510 A
551
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
552
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
L1+
L1+
B
ZP
L1L1-
S1
U1
S2
U2
S3
U3
S4
U4
S5
U5
S6
U6
S7
U7
S8
U8
S9
U9
S10
U10
10
S11
U11
11
S12
U12
12
S13
U13
13
S14
U14
14
S15
U15
15
S16
U16
16
1
1
2
2
3
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
UP2
EM
13
14
14
15
15
16
L2+
L2+
16
L2L2-
- - - - - -
I/O Module B
BLOCK
MSL
UP1
ZP
S1
U1
13
S16
U16
UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 A
553
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 8 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
Description
The TU844 is a 8 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The TU844 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
554
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
Technical Data
Value
40
up to 8 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
3BSE020924-510 A
555
Appendix A Specifications
556
Value
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
557
Appendix A Specifications
ModuleBus
Connector
A
Shunt stick
L1+
L1+
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
S2
4
5
S3
U4
S4
U5
I/O Module B
558
5
6
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
MSL
UP1
ZP
U1
S1
BLOCK
B
3
4
- - - - - -
U3
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
L1L11
U8
S8
UP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Up to 8 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
Description
The TU845 is a 8 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 A
559
Appendix A Specifications
The TU845 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
Technical Data
Value
40
up to 8 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
560
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
1.5 A
1.5 A
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
3BSE020924-510 A
561
Appendix A Specifications
Connections
562
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
ModuleBus
Connector
A
Shunt stick
L1+
L1+
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
S2
4
5
S3
U4
S4
U5
I/O Module B
3BSE020924-510 A
5
6
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
MSL
UP1
ZP
U1
S1
BLOCK
B
3
4
- - - - - -
U3
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
L1L11
U8
S8
UP2
EM
563
Appendix A Specifications
Current limitation in
sensor/transmitter supply is
implemented with
disconnectable PTC fuse.
E
F
Module
connector
Fuse Holders
Screw
terminals
B
C
Description
The TU850 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
564
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
The TU850 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is
50 V and maximum rated current is 15mA per I/O channel (digital input) or 25mA
per two I/O channels (analog input).
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, 8 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets, and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be connected to
two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports that. Current
limitation in sensor supply is implemented with disconnectable PTC fuses.
3BSE020924-510 A
565
Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Value
40
up to 16 I/O channels
16 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets
4 Process power 2A
4 Process power (0 V)
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
566
36 different combinations
Equipment class
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Width
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
Connections
3BSE020924-510 A
Row B
A1 (U1)
B1 (signal)
A2 (U2)
B2 (signal)
A3 (U3)
B3 (signal)
A4 (U4
B4 (signal)
A5 (U5)
B5 (signal)
A6 (U6)
B6 (signal)
A7 (U7)
B7 (signal)
A8 (U8
B8 (signal)
A9 (U9)
B9 (signal)
A10 (U10)
B10 (signal)
A11 (U11)
B11 (signal)
A12 (U12)
B12 (signal)
567
Appendix A Specifications
568
Row B
A13 (U13)
B13 (signal)
A14 (U14)
B14 (signal)
A15 (U15)
B15 (signal)
A16 (U16)
B15 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
B
2A
UP1
UP1
UP1
ZP1
ZP1
ZP1
U1 1
EM
PTC
I1
I1 1
PTC
I2
U2 2
I2 2
BLOCK
PTC
I3
PTC
PTC
U5 5
I5 5
PTC
I6
U6 6
I6 6
PTC
U7 7
I7 7
I7
PTC
I8
U8 8
I8 8
PTC
I9
.
.
.
.
U9 9
I9 9
.
.
.
.
PTC
/ 3
3
/
2
/
2
/
U4 4
I4 4
I5
Module Process Connector
I4
UP2
.
.
.
.
U16 16
I16 16
I 16
7
/
U3 3
I3 3
2A
UP2
UP2
3BSE020924-510 A
ZP2
0V
+5V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2
ZP2
EM
569
Appendix A Specifications
Current/voltage
indicator
Description
Technical Data
570
Value
Module catch
Internal resistance
2 x 125 , 0.05%
Equipment class
Protection Rating
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
11 mm (0.43)
Depth
15,5 mm (0.61)
Height
62 mm (2.44)
Weight
6 g (0.013 lbs.)
125
125
3BSE020924-510 A
571
Appendix A Specifications
Visible part of
circuit board
Description
Technical Data
572
Value
Module catch
Internal resistance
1.08 k 1%
Equipment class
Protection Rating
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
11 mm (0.43)
Depth
15,5 mm (0.61)
Height
62 mm (2.44)
Weight
6 g (0.013 lbs.)
1 k
3BSE020924-510 A
573
Appendix A Specifications
Used together with AI835/AI835A and AI843 for measuring of the cold
junction temperature
Description
3BSE051254R1
Technical Data
Value
Sensor
Pt 100 class B
Temperature range
- 40 to 100C
(-40 to 212F)
574
Time constant
3.5 minutes
Protection Rating
Width
20 mm (0.79)
Depth
8 mm (0.31)
Height
13 mm (0.51)
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix A Specifications
Value
Weight
8g (0.017 lbs)
Connection wires
3BSE020924-510 A
575
576
Appendix A Specifications
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
The S800 I/O system is continuously enhanced with additional certificates.
Table 142 describes the current certifications.
Table 142. Current Certifications for S800 Modules
Module
Type
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1,
Div 2
C1,
Div
2
2(1)
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El.
safety
3 G (3)
AI810
AI820
AI815
AI825
AI830
AI830A
AI835
AI835A
AI843
AI845
3BSE020924-510 A
577
Certifications
Appendix B Certifications
Module
Type
CE
AI880/
AI880A
AI890
AI893
AI895
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
X
X(4)
X(4)
(4)
(4)
X
X
AO810
AO810V2
AO815
AO820
AO845
AO845A
AO890
X(4)
X(4)
AO895
X(4)
X(4)
CI810B
CI820V1
578
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
Module
Type
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
CI830
CI840
CI840A
TB815
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
TC506
TC513V1
TC514V2
TC515V2
DI802
DI803
DI810
DI811
DI814
DI820
3BSE020924-510 A
579
Certifications
Appendix B Certifications
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
DI821
DI825
DI830
DI831
DI840
DI880
DI885
Module
Type
DI890
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
X
X
X
X
X
(4)
X
X(4)
DO802
DO810
DO814
DO815
DO820
DO821
DO840
DO880
X
(4)
(4)
DO890
580
X
X
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
Module
Type
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
SD821(5)
SD822(5)
SD823(5)
(5)
SD832
SD833
SD834
SS823
SS832
SS822
X
X
X
X
DP840
TU807
TU810V1
TU811V1
TU812V1
3BSE020924-510 A
581
Certifications
Appendix B Certifications
Module
Type
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
TU813
TU814V1
TU830V1
TU831V1
TU833
TU834
TU835V1
TU836V1
TU837V1
TU838
TU839
TU840
TU841
TU842
TU843
TU844
TU845
TU846
TU847
TU848
582
X
X
3BSE020924-510 A
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
Module
Type
CE
TU849
TU890
TU891
TY801
TY804
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
X
X(4)
X(4)
TB806
TK801V003
TK801V006
TK801V0012
TB807
TB810
TB811
TB820V2
TB825
TB826
TB840/
TB840A
TB842
3BSE020924-510 A
583
Certifications
Appendix B Certifications
Module
Type
CE
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
TB845
TB846
ATEX
Zone 2
Category
3 (1) G (2)
ATEX Zone
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
El. safety
(3)
3G
(1) Marking for mounting and interface: Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nC (or nA) IIC T4 and CL 1 DIV 2 GP A B C D T4
(2) Marking for mounting: Ex II 3G EEx nA [ia] IIC T4
Marking for interface: Ex II (1)G [EEx ia] IIC
(3) Marking for mounting and interface: Ex II 3G Ex nA IIC T5 Gc
(4) Provides Intrinsically safe circuit for Cl. I, Div 1; Cl. II, Div. 1; Cl. III, Div 1 or Cl. I, Zone 0 group IIc
(5) cULus; UL508, UL1950, CSA 22.2 No 950
584
3BSE020924-510 A
INDEX
A
AI801 36, 60
AI810 26, 66
AI820 27, 91
AI825 27, 100
AI830 27, 107
AI830A 27, 107
AI835 28
AI843 28, 129
AI845 28, 139
AI880 28, 152
AI880A 28, 152
Analog input module
AI801 36, 60
AI810 26, 66
AI820 91
AI825 100
AI830 107
AI830A 107
AI843 129
AI845 28, 139
AI880 28, 152
AI880A 28, 152
Analog output module
AO801 36, 165
AO810 29, 171
AO810V2 29, 171
AO820 189
AO845 29, 198
AO845A 29, 198
AO801 36, 165
AO810 29, 171
AO810V2 29, 171
AO820 29, 189
AO845 29, 198
3BSE020924-510 A
B
Bipolar analog output module
AO820 29
C
Compact MTU 21, 471
TU810 21, 461
TU811 22, 466
TU812 22, 471
TU813 22, 476
TU814 22, 483
D
DI801 37, 208
DI802 37, 213
DI803 37, 219
DI810 29, 225
DI811 30, 237
DI814 30, 248
DI820 30, 258
DI821 30, 267
DI825 31, 276
DI830 31, 286
DI831 31, 298
DI840 31, 309
DI880 32, 321
DI885 32, 333
Differential analog input module
AI820 27
Digital input module
DI801 37, 208
DI802 37, 213
DI803 37, 219
585
Index
E
Extended MTU
TU830 22, 490
TU831 22, 498
TU833 22, 503
TU835 23, 514
586
TU836
TU837
TU838
TU839
23, 520
24, 526
24, 532, 564
24, 538
F
FCI 12
Frequency measuring
DP820 34, 423
DP840 35, 443
I
I/O modules
S800 42
S800L 42
I/O station 13
Incremental pulse counter
DP820 34, 423
DP840 35, 443
L
LEDs
S800L I/O module 47
S800M I/O module 43
M
Module termination units 16
ModuleBus master 13
MTU
TU805 458
TU810 461
TU811 466
TU812 471
TU813 476
TU814 483
TU830 490
TU831 498
TU833 503
TU834 509
TU835 514
3BSE020924-510 A
Index
TU836
TU837
TU838
TU839
TU842
TU843
TU844
TU845
MTUs 53
520
526
532, 564
538
25, 544
25, 549
25, 554
25, 559
O
OSP 33 to 34
P
Process connection terminals
TU837 530
Process connections
AI801 64
AI820 95, 104
AI830 113
AI835 123
AI843 134
AO801 169
AO810 175
AO810V2 175
AO820 193
AO845 184, 202
DI801 211
DI802 217
DI803 223
DI810 229
DI811 241
DI814 252
DI820 262, 271, 281
DI830 291
DI831 302
DI840 314
DI880 326
DI885 339
DO801 346
3BSE020924-510 A
DO802 352
DO810 358
DO814 367
DO815 378
DO820 387
DO821 396
DO840 405
DO880 417
DP820 436
DP840 450
TU810 464
TU811 469, 480
TU812 473
TU814 487
TU830 495, 506
TU831 500
TU835 517
TU842 547
TU843 552
TU844 557
TU845 511, 562
Process power connections
TU837 529
Process power source connections
TU835 517
TU836 523
R
RTD input module
AI830 27, 107
AI830A 27, 107
S
S800 I/O module replacement 49
S800 I/O modules 26
S800L I/O module replacement 53
S800L I/O modules 35
Sequence of event 286, 298, 333
Shunt stick
TY801 26, 564
587
Index
T
Terminal Unit
TU805 21, 458
Thermocouple/mV input module
AI835 28
AI843 28, 129
TU805 21, 458
TU810 21, 461
TU811 22, 466
TU812 22, 471
TU813 22, 476
TU814 22, 483
TU830 22, 490
TU831 22, 498
TU833 22, 503
TU834 509
TU835 23, 514
TU836 23, 520
TU837 24, 526
TU838 24, 532, 564
TU839 24, 538
TU842 25, 544
TU843 25, 549
TU844 25, 554
TU845 25, 559
TY801 26, 564
TY804 26, 572
TY820 574
588
3BSE020924-510 A
Revision History
Introduction
This section provides information on the revision history of this User Manual.
The revision index of this User Manual is not related to the 800xA 5.1 System
Revision.
Revision History
The following table lists the revision history of this User Manual.
Revision
Index
Description
Date
June 2010
December 2011
3BSE020924-510 A
589
Appendix A, Specifications
590
Description of Update
In Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings:
3BSE020924-510 A
Updated Section/Sub-section
Appendix B, Certifications
3BSE020924-510 A
Description of Update
In the Table 142. Current Certifications for S800
Modules:
591
592
3BSE020924-510 A
ABB AB
Control Technologies
Vsters, Sweden
Phone: +46 (0) 21 32 50 00
Fax:
+46 (0) 21 13 78 45
E-Mail: processautomation@se.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Inc.
Control Technologies
Wickliffe, Ohio, USA
Phone: +1 440 585 8500
Fax:
+1 440 585 8756
E-Mail: industrialitsolutions@us.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Pte Ltd
Control Technologies
Singapore
Phone: +65 6776 5711
Fax:
+65 6778 0222
E-Mail: processautomation@sg.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Automation GmbH
Control Technologies
Mannheim, Germany
Phone: +49 1805 26 67 76
Fax:
+49 1805 77 63 29
E-Mail: marketing.control-products@de.abb.com
www.abb.de/controlsystems
ABB Automation LLC
Control Technologies
Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Phone: +971 (0) 2 4938 000
Fax:
+971 (0) 2 5570 145
E-Mail: processautomation@ae.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
3BSE020924-510 A
Contact us